1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 32 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 33 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering. 34 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 35 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled() 36 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 44 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 45 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 46 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 47 #include <algorithm> 48 #include <cstring> 49 #include <functional> 50 51 using namespace clang; 52 using namespace sema; 53 54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 55 if (OwnedType) { 56 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 57 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 58 } 59 60 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 61 } 62 63 namespace { 64 65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 66 public: 67 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false, 68 bool AllowTemplates=false) 69 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), 70 AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) { 71 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 72 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 73 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 74 } 75 76 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 77 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { 78 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); 79 bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND); 80 return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) && 81 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 82 } 83 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 84 } 85 86 private: 87 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 88 bool WantClassName; 89 bool AllowClassTemplates; 90 }; 91 92 } // end anonymous namespace 93 94 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 95 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 96 switch (Kind) { 97 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 98 // token kind is a valid type specifier 99 case tok::kw_short: 100 case tok::kw_long: 101 case tok::kw___int64: 102 case tok::kw___int128: 103 case tok::kw_signed: 104 case tok::kw_unsigned: 105 case tok::kw_void: 106 case tok::kw_char: 107 case tok::kw_int: 108 case tok::kw_half: 109 case tok::kw_float: 110 case tok::kw_double: 111 case tok::kw___float128: 112 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 113 case tok::kw_bool: 114 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 115 case tok::kw___auto_type: 116 return true; 117 118 case tok::annot_typename: 119 case tok::kw_char16_t: 120 case tok::kw_char32_t: 121 case tok::kw_typeof: 122 case tok::annot_decltype: 123 case tok::kw_decltype: 124 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 125 126 default: 127 break; 128 } 129 130 return false; 131 } 132 133 namespace { 134 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult { 135 NotFound, 136 FoundNonType, 137 FoundType 138 }; 139 } // end anonymous namespace 140 141 /// \brief Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for 142 /// dependent class. 143 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a 144 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found. 145 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult 146 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II, 147 SourceLocation NameLoc, 148 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) { 149 if (!RD->hasDefinition()) 150 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 151 // Look for type decls in base classes. 152 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 153 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 154 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) { 155 const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr; 156 if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>()) 157 BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 158 else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { 159 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 160 // templates. 161 if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType()) 162 continue; 163 auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl(); 164 if (!TD) 165 continue; 166 if (auto *BasePrimaryTemplate = 167 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl())) { 168 if (BasePrimaryTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl()) 169 BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate; 170 else if (auto *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD)) { 171 if (const ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS = 172 CTD->findPartialSpecialization(Base.getType())) 173 if (PS->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl()) 174 BaseRD = PS; 175 } 176 } 177 } 178 if (BaseRD) { 179 for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) { 180 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND)) 181 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 182 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 183 } 184 if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) { 185 switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) { 186 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType: 187 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 188 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType: 189 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 190 break; 191 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound: 192 break; 193 } 194 } 195 } 196 } 197 198 return FoundTypeDecl; 199 } 200 201 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S, 202 const IdentifierInfo &II, 203 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 204 // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any. 205 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; 206 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 207 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 208 for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; 209 DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 210 DC = DC->getParent()) { 211 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 212 // templates. 213 RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 214 if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 215 FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD); 216 } 217 if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType) 218 return nullptr; 219 220 // We found some types in dependent base classes. Recover as if the user 221 // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'. We'll fully resolve the 222 // lookup during template instantiation. 223 S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II; 224 225 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 226 auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false, 227 cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD))); 228 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II); 229 230 CXXScopeSpec SS; 231 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 232 233 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 234 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 235 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 236 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 237 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 238 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 239 } 240 241 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 242 /// return the declaration of that type. 243 /// 244 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 245 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 246 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 247 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 248 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 249 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 250 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 251 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 252 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 253 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 254 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 255 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 256 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 257 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 258 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 259 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 260 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 261 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 262 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 263 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 264 265 if (!LookupCtx) { 266 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 267 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 268 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 269 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 270 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 271 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 272 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 273 // 274 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 275 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 276 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 277 return nullptr; 278 279 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 280 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 281 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 282 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 283 284 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 285 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 286 II, NameLoc); 287 return ParsedType::make(T); 288 } 289 290 return nullptr; 291 } 292 293 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 294 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 295 return nullptr; 296 } 297 298 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 299 // lookup for class-names. 300 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 301 LookupOrdinaryName; 302 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 303 if (LookupCtx) { 304 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 305 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 306 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 307 // nested-name-specifier. 308 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 309 310 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 311 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 312 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 313 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 314 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 315 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 316 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 317 LookupName(Result, S); 318 } 319 } else { 320 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 321 LookupName(Result, S); 322 323 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 324 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 325 if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) { 326 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 327 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc)) 328 return TypeInBase; 329 } 330 } 331 332 NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr; 333 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 334 case LookupResult::NotFound: 335 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 336 if (CorrectedII) { 337 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo( 338 Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS, 339 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(true, isClassName), 340 CTK_ErrorRecovery); 341 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 342 TemplateTy Template; 343 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 344 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 345 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 346 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 347 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 348 if (SS && NNS) { 349 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 350 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 351 } 352 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 353 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 354 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 355 // is handled elsewhere). 356 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 357 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, nullptr, false, 358 Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 359 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 360 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 361 IsCtorOrDtorName, 362 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 363 if (Ty) { 364 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 365 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 366 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 367 if (SS && NNS) 368 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 369 *CorrectedII = NewII; 370 return Ty; 371 } 372 } 373 } 374 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 375 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 376 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 377 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 378 return nullptr; 379 380 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 381 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 382 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 383 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 384 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 385 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 386 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 387 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 388 return nullptr; 389 } 390 391 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 392 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 393 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 394 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 395 if (!IIDecl || 396 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 397 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 398 IIDecl = *Res; 399 } 400 } 401 402 if (!IIDecl) { 403 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 404 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 405 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 406 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 407 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 408 // a type name. 409 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 410 return nullptr; 411 } 412 413 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 414 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 415 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 416 // perform the name lookup again. 417 break; 418 419 case LookupResult::Found: 420 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 421 break; 422 } 423 424 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 425 426 QualType T; 427 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 428 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 429 430 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 431 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false); 432 433 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 434 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 435 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 436 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 437 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 438 // Construct a type with type-source information. 439 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 440 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 441 442 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 443 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 444 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 445 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 446 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 447 } else { 448 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 449 } 450 } 451 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 452 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 453 if (!HasTrailingDot) 454 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 455 } 456 457 if (T.isNull()) { 458 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 459 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 460 return nullptr; 461 } 462 return ParsedType::make(T); 463 } 464 465 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context. 466 static NestedNameSpecifier * 467 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) { 468 for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 469 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 470 auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 471 if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace()) 472 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND); 473 else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 474 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 475 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 476 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 477 return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context); 478 } 479 llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?"); 480 } 481 482 /// Find the parent class with dependent bases of the innermost enclosing method 483 /// context. Do not look for enclosing CXXRecordDecls directly, or we will end 484 /// up allowing unqualified dependent type names at class-level, which MSVC 485 /// correctly rejects. 486 static const CXXRecordDecl * 487 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(const DeclContext *DC) { 488 for (; DC && DC->isDependentContext(); DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 489 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 490 if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) 491 if (MD->getParent()->hasAnyDependentBases()) 492 return MD->getParent(); 493 } 494 return nullptr; 495 } 496 497 ParsedType Sema::ActOnMSVCUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 498 SourceLocation NameLoc, 499 bool IsTemplateTypeArg) { 500 assert(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && "shouldn't be called in non-MSVC mode"); 501 502 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = nullptr; 503 if (IsTemplateTypeArg && getCurScope()->isTemplateParamScope()) { 504 // If we weren't able to parse a default template argument, delay lookup 505 // until instantiation time by making a non-dependent DependentTypeName. We 506 // pretend we saw a NestedNameSpecifier referring to the current scope, and 507 // lookup is retried. 508 // FIXME: This hurts our diagnostic quality, since we get errors like "no 509 // type named 'Foo' in 'current_namespace'" when the user didn't write any 510 // name specifiers. 511 NNS = synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext); 512 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II; 513 } else if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = 514 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(CurContext)) { 515 // Build a DependentNameType that will perform lookup into RD at 516 // instantiation time. 517 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 518 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 519 520 // Diagnose that this identifier was undeclared, and retry the lookup during 521 // template instantiation. 522 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_undeclared_unqual_id_with_dependent_base) << &II 523 << RD; 524 } else { 525 // This is not a situation that we should recover from. 526 return ParsedType(); 527 } 528 529 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II); 530 531 // Build type location information. We synthesized the qualifier, so we have 532 // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc. 533 NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder; 534 NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 535 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context); 536 537 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 538 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 539 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 540 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 541 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc); 542 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 543 } 544 545 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 546 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 547 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 548 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 549 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 550 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 551 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 552 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 553 LookupName(R, S, false); 554 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 555 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 556 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 557 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 558 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 559 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 560 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 561 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 562 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 563 } 564 } 565 566 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 567 } 568 569 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 570 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 571 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 572 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 573 /// @code 574 /// template<class T> class A { 575 /// public: 576 /// typedef int TYPE; 577 /// }; 578 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 579 /// public: 580 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 581 /// }; 582 /// @endcode 583 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 584 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 585 if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super) 586 return true; 587 588 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 589 590 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 591 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) 592 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType())) 593 return true; 594 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 595 } 596 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 597 } 598 599 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 600 SourceLocation IILoc, 601 Scope *S, 602 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 603 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 604 bool AllowClassTemplates) { 605 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 606 SuggestedType = nullptr; 607 608 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 609 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 610 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = 611 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 612 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>( 613 false, false, AllowClassTemplates), 614 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 615 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 616 // We corrected to a keyword. 617 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 618 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 619 } else { 620 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 621 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 622 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 623 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 624 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 625 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 626 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 627 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 628 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 629 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 630 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange()); 631 } else { 632 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 633 } 634 635 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 636 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 637 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 638 SourceRange(IILoc)); 639 SuggestedType = 640 getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), IILoc, S, 641 tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, false, nullptr, 642 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 643 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 644 } 645 return; 646 } 647 648 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 649 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 650 UnqualifiedId Name; 651 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 652 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 653 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 654 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 655 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 656 Name, nullptr, true, TemplateResult, 657 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 658 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get(); 659 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 660 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 661 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 662 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 663 } 664 return; 665 } 666 } 667 668 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 669 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 670 671 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 672 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 673 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 674 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 675 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 676 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 677 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 678 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 679 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; 680 681 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 682 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 683 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 684 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 685 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 686 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 687 } else { 688 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 689 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 690 } 691 } 692 693 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 694 /// or 695 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 696 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 697 NextToken.is(tok::less); 698 699 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 700 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 701 return true; 702 703 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 704 return true; 705 } 706 707 return false; 708 } 709 710 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 711 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 712 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 713 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 714 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 715 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 716 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 717 StringRef FixItTagName; 718 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 719 case TTK_Class: 720 FixItTagName = "class "; 721 break; 722 723 case TTK_Enum: 724 FixItTagName = "enum "; 725 break; 726 727 case TTK_Struct: 728 FixItTagName = "struct "; 729 break; 730 731 case TTK_Interface: 732 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 733 break; 734 735 case TTK_Union: 736 FixItTagName = "union "; 737 break; 738 } 739 740 StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back(); 741 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 742 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 743 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 744 745 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 746 I != IEnd; ++I) 747 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 748 << Name << TagName; 749 750 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 751 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 752 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 753 return true; 754 } 755 756 return false; 757 } 758 759 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 760 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 761 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 762 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 763 764 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 765 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 766 767 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 768 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 769 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 770 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 771 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 772 } 773 774 Sema::NameClassification 775 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name, 776 SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken, 777 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 778 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) { 779 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 780 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 781 782 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 783 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 784 QualType(), false, SS, nullptr, false); 785 } 786 787 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 788 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 789 790 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 791 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 792 if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 793 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 794 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc)) 795 return TypeInBase; 796 } 797 798 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 799 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 800 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 801 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 802 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 803 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 804 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 805 return E; 806 } 807 808 bool SecondTry = false; 809 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 810 811 Corrected: 812 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 813 case LookupResult::NotFound: 814 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 815 // call. 816 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 817 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 818 // FIXME: Reference? 819 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 820 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 821 822 // C90 6.3.2.2: 823 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 824 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 825 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 826 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 827 // the function call, the declaration 828 // 829 // extern int identifier (); 830 // 831 // appeared. 832 // 833 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 834 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 835 Result.addDecl(D); 836 Result.resolveKind(); 837 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 838 } 839 } 840 841 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 842 // which case it's likely that the user just forgot to write "enum", 843 // "struct", or "union". 844 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 845 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 846 break; 847 } 848 849 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 850 // close to this name. 851 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 852 SecondTry = true; 853 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 854 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 855 &SS, std::move(CCC), 856 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 857 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 858 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 859 860 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getFoundDecl(); 861 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 862 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 863 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 864 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 865 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 866 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 867 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 868 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 869 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 870 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 871 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 872 } 873 874 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 875 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 876 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 877 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 878 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 879 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 880 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 881 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 882 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 883 } 884 885 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 886 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 887 888 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 889 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 890 return Name; 891 892 // Also update the LookupResult... 893 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 894 Result.clear(); 895 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 896 if (FirstDecl) 897 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 898 899 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 900 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 901 // reference the ivar. 902 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 903 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 904 Result.clear(); 905 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 906 return E; 907 } 908 909 goto Corrected; 910 } 911 } 912 913 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 914 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 915 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 916 917 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 918 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 919 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 920 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 921 922 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 923 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 924 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 925 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 926 // qualified by the keyword typename. 927 // 928 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 929 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 930 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 931 // keyword here. 932 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 933 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 934 /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); 935 } 936 937 case LookupResult::Found: 938 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 939 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 940 break; 941 942 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 943 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 944 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 945 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 946 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 947 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 948 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 949 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 950 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 951 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 952 // ambiguous. 953 // 954 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 955 // so try again after filtering out template names. 956 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 957 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 958 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 959 break; 960 } 961 } 962 963 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 964 return NameClassification::Error(); 965 } 966 967 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 968 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 969 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 970 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 971 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 972 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 973 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 974 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 975 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 976 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 977 978 if (!Result.empty()) { 979 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 980 bool IsVarTemplate; 981 TemplateName Template; 982 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 983 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 984 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 985 Result.end()); 986 } else { 987 TemplateDecl *TD 988 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 989 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 990 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 991 992 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 993 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 994 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 995 TD); 996 else 997 Template = TemplateName(TD); 998 } 999 1000 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 1001 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 1002 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 1003 // to based on which function we selected. 1004 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 1005 1006 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 1007 } 1008 1009 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 1010 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 1011 } 1012 } 1013 1014 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 1015 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 1016 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1017 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 1018 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1019 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1020 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1021 return ParsedType::make(T); 1022 } 1023 1024 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 1025 if (!Class) { 1026 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 1027 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias = 1028 dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1029 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 1030 } 1031 1032 if (Class) { 1033 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 1034 1035 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 1036 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 1037 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 1038 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 1039 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 1040 } 1041 1042 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 1043 return ParsedType::make(T); 1044 } 1045 1046 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 1047 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1048 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 1049 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 1050 1051 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 1052 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 1053 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star); 1054 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 1055 (NextIsOp && 1056 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 1057 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 1058 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1059 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1060 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1061 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1062 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1063 return ParsedType::make(T); 1064 } 1065 1066 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 1067 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 1068 nullptr, S); 1069 1070 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 1071 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 1072 } 1073 1074 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 1075 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 1076 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 1077 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 1078 1079 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 1080 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 1081 // the context we'll need to return to. 1082 // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated 1083 // as an inline member function. A Lambda can be used legally 1084 // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument. These 1085 // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing 1086 // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one); 1087 // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an 1088 // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or 1089 // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the 1090 // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class). 1091 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) { 1092 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 1093 1094 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 1095 // lexical context. 1096 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 1097 return DC; 1098 1099 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 1100 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 1101 // class is the context we need to return to. 1102 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 1103 DC = RD; 1104 1105 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 1106 // declared in. 1107 return DC; 1108 } 1109 1110 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 1111 } 1112 1113 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1114 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 1115 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1116 CurContext = DC; 1117 S->setEntity(DC); 1118 } 1119 1120 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 1121 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1122 1123 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 1124 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1125 } 1126 1127 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, 1128 Decl *D) { 1129 // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily 1130 // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing 1131 // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one. 1132 auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext); 1133 CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition(); 1134 assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag"); 1135 // Start lookups from the parent of the current context; we don't want to look 1136 // into the pre-existing complete definition. 1137 S->setEntity(CurContext->getLookupParent()); 1138 return Result; 1139 } 1140 1141 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) { 1142 CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context); 1143 } 1144 1145 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1146 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1147 /// 1148 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1149 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 1150 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 1151 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 1152 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 1153 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 1154 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 1155 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 1156 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 1157 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 1158 // namespace. 1159 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 1160 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 1161 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 1162 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 1163 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 1164 1165 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 1166 1167 #ifndef NDEBUG 1168 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1169 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1170 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 1171 #endif 1172 1173 CurContext = DC; 1174 S->setEntity(DC); 1175 } 1176 1177 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 1178 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 1179 1180 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 1181 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 1182 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1183 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1184 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 1185 1186 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 1187 // disappear. 1188 } 1189 1190 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 1191 // We assume that the caller has already called 1192 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. 1193 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); 1194 if (!FD) 1195 return; 1196 1197 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 1198 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 1199 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 1200 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1201 CurContext = FD; 1202 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1203 1204 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 1205 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 1206 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 1207 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 1208 S->AddDecl(Param); 1209 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 1210 } 1211 } 1212 } 1213 1214 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1215 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1216 // rather than the top-level class. 1217 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1218 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1219 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1220 } 1221 1222 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1223 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1224 /// 1225 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1226 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1227 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1228 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1229 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1230 /// attribute. 1231 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1232 ASTContext &Context) { 1233 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1234 return true; 1235 1236 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1237 return true; 1238 1239 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1240 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1241 } 1242 1243 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1244 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1245 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1246 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1247 // scope. 1248 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1249 S = S->getParent(); 1250 1251 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1252 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1253 // into any context. 1254 if (AddToContext) 1255 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1256 1257 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1258 // are function-local declarations. 1259 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && 1260 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1261 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 1262 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1263 return; 1264 1265 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1266 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1267 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1268 return; 1269 1270 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1271 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1272 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1273 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1274 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1275 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1276 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1277 1278 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1279 break; 1280 } 1281 } 1282 1283 S->AddDecl(D); 1284 1285 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1286 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1287 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1288 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1289 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1290 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1291 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1292 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1293 continue; 1294 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1295 break; 1296 } 1297 1298 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1299 } else { 1300 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1301 } 1302 } 1303 1304 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1305 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1306 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1307 } 1308 1309 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1310 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1311 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); 1312 } 1313 1314 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1315 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1316 do { 1317 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1318 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1319 return S; 1320 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1321 1322 return nullptr; 1323 } 1324 1325 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1326 DeclContext*, 1327 ASTContext&); 1328 1329 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1330 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1331 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1332 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1333 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1334 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1335 while (F.hasNext()) { 1336 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1337 1338 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) 1339 continue; 1340 1341 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1342 continue; 1343 1344 F.erase(); 1345 } 1346 1347 F.done(); 1348 } 1349 1350 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1351 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1352 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1353 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1354 } 1355 1356 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1357 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1358 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1359 while (F.hasNext()) 1360 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1361 F.erase(); 1362 1363 F.done(); 1364 } 1365 1366 /// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1367 /// @code 1368 /// class S { 1369 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1370 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1371 /// }; 1372 /// @endcode 1373 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1374 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1375 // the decl here. 1376 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1377 return false; 1378 1379 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1380 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1381 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1382 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1383 return false; 1384 } 1385 1386 // We need this to handle 1387 // 1388 // typedef struct { 1389 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1390 // } A; 1391 // 1392 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1393 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1394 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end 1395 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. 1396 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1397 // not. 1398 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1399 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1400 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1401 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1402 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1403 return true; 1404 } 1405 DC = DC->getParent(); 1406 } 1407 1408 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1409 } 1410 1411 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1412 // these semantics. 1413 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1414 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1415 return false; 1416 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1417 } 1418 1419 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1420 assert(D); 1421 1422 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1423 return false; 1424 1425 // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions 1426 // of members of class templates. 1427 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1428 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1429 return false; 1430 1431 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1432 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1433 return false; 1434 1435 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1436 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1437 return false; 1438 } else { 1439 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1440 if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1441 return false; 1442 } 1443 1444 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1445 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1446 return false; 1447 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1448 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1449 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1450 // like "inline".) 1451 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1452 return false; 1453 1454 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1455 return false; 1456 1457 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1458 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1459 return false; 1460 1461 if (VD->isInline() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1462 return false; 1463 } else { 1464 return false; 1465 } 1466 1467 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1468 // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function 1469 // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance. 1470 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1471 } 1472 1473 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1474 if (!D) 1475 return; 1476 1477 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1478 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1479 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1480 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1481 } 1482 1483 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1484 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1485 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1486 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1487 } 1488 1489 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1490 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1491 } 1492 1493 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1494 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1495 return false; 1496 1497 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || 1498 D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) 1499 return false; 1500 1501 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1502 return true; 1503 1504 // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to 1505 // functions. 1506 bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod(); 1507 if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext())) 1508 // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred. 1509 WithinFunction = 1510 WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType()); 1511 if (!WithinFunction) 1512 return false; 1513 1514 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) 1515 return true; 1516 1517 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1518 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D)) 1519 return false; 1520 1521 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1522 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1523 1524 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1525 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1526 1527 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1528 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1529 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1530 return false; 1531 } 1532 1533 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1534 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1535 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1536 return false; 1537 1538 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1539 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1540 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1541 return false; 1542 1543 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1544 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1545 return false; 1546 1547 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1548 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = 1549 dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1550 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1551 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1552 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1553 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1554 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1555 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1556 return false; 1557 } 1558 } 1559 } 1560 } 1561 1562 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1563 } 1564 1565 return true; 1566 } 1567 1568 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1569 FixItHint &Hint) { 1570 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1571 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1572 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1573 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1574 return; 1575 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1576 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1577 } 1578 } 1579 1580 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) { 1581 if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType()) 1582 return; 1583 1584 for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) { 1585 if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD)) 1586 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T); 1587 else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD)) 1588 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R); 1589 } 1590 } 1591 1592 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1593 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1594 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1595 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1596 return; 1597 1598 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 1599 // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted 1600 // at end-of-translation-unit. 1601 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD); 1602 return; 1603 } 1604 1605 FixItHint Hint; 1606 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1607 1608 unsigned DiagID; 1609 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1610 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1611 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1612 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1613 else 1614 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1615 1616 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1617 } 1618 1619 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1620 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1621 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1622 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved 1623 // MS inline assembly label name. 1624 bool Diagnose = false; 1625 if (L->isMSAsmLabel()) 1626 Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel(); 1627 else 1628 Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr; 1629 if (Diagnose) 1630 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1631 } 1632 1633 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1634 S->mergeNRVOIntoParent(); 1635 1636 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1637 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1638 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1639 1640 for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) { 1641 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1642 1643 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1644 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1645 1646 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1647 1648 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1649 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) { 1650 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1651 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D)) 1652 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD); 1653 } 1654 1655 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1656 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1657 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1658 1659 // Remove this name from our lexical scope, and warn on it if we haven't 1660 // already. 1661 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1662 auto ShadowI = ShadowingDecls.find(D); 1663 if (ShadowI != ShadowingDecls.end()) { 1664 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowI->second)) { 1665 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_ctor_parm_shadows_field) 1666 << D << FD << FD->getParent(); 1667 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1668 } 1669 ShadowingDecls.erase(ShadowI); 1670 } 1671 } 1672 } 1673 1674 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1675 /// 1676 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1677 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1678 /// to the fixed name. 1679 /// 1680 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1681 /// 1682 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1683 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1684 /// 1685 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1686 /// class could not be found. 1687 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1688 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1689 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1690 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1691 // creation from this context. 1692 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1693 1694 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1695 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1696 // find an Objective-C class name. 1697 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo( 1698 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr, 1699 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(), 1700 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 1701 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 1702 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1703 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1704 } 1705 } 1706 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1707 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1708 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1709 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1710 return Def; 1711 } 1712 1713 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1714 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1715 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1716 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1717 /// ill-formed in C++: 1718 /// @code 1719 /// struct S6 { 1720 /// enum { BAR } e; 1721 /// }; 1722 /// 1723 /// void test_S6() { 1724 /// struct S6 a; 1725 /// a.e = BAR; 1726 /// } 1727 /// @endcode 1728 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1729 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1730 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1731 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1732 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1733 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1734 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1735 /// contain non-field names. 1736 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1737 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1738 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 1739 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1740 S = S->getParent(); 1741 return S; 1742 } 1743 1744 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1745 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1746 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1747 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1748 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1749 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1750 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1751 return; 1752 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1753 1754 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1755 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1756 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1757 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1758 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1759 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1760 } 1761 1762 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) { 1763 switch (Error) { 1764 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1765 return ""; 1766 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1767 return "stdio.h"; 1768 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1769 return "setjmp.h"; 1770 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1771 return "ucontext.h"; 1772 } 1773 llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind"); 1774 } 1775 1776 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1777 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1778 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1779 /// built-in. 1780 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 1781 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1782 SourceLocation Loc) { 1783 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1784 1785 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1786 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error); 1787 if (Error) { 1788 if (ForRedeclaration) 1789 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader) 1790 << getHeaderName(Error) << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1791 return nullptr; 1792 } 1793 1794 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID)) { 1795 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1796 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID) << R; 1797 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) && 1798 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)) 1799 Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) 1800 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) 1801 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1802 } 1803 1804 if (R.isNull()) 1805 return nullptr; 1806 1807 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1808 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1809 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = 1810 LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, 1811 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); 1812 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); 1813 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); 1814 Parent = CLinkageDecl; 1815 } 1816 1817 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1818 Parent, 1819 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1820 SC_Extern, 1821 false, 1822 R->isFunctionProtoType()); 1823 New->setImplicit(); 1824 1825 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1826 // FunctionDecl. 1827 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1828 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1829 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 1830 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1831 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 1832 nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1833 SC_None, nullptr); 1834 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1835 Params.push_back(parm); 1836 } 1837 New->setParams(Params); 1838 } 1839 1840 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1841 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); 1842 1843 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1844 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1845 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1846 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1847 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1848 CurContext = Parent; 1849 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1850 CurContext = SavedContext; 1851 return New; 1852 } 1853 1854 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same 1855 /// entity if their types are the same. 1856 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's 1857 /// isSameEntity. 1858 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S, 1859 TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 1860 LookupResult &Previous) { 1861 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1862 if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 1863 return; 1864 1865 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1866 if (Previous.empty()) 1867 return; 1868 1869 LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter(); 1870 while (Filter.hasNext()) { 1871 NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next(); 1872 1873 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1874 if (S.isVisible(Old)) 1875 continue; 1876 1877 // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have 1878 // different linkages. 1879 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1880 if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(), 1881 Decl->getUnderlyingType())) 1882 continue; 1883 1884 // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage 1885 // purposes, then they declare the same entity. 1886 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 1887 OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) && 1888 Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName()) 1889 continue; 1890 } 1891 1892 Filter.erase(); 1893 } 1894 1895 Filter.done(); 1896 } 1897 1898 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1899 QualType OldType; 1900 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1901 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1902 else 1903 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1904 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1905 1906 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1907 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1908 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1909 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1910 << Kind << NewType; 1911 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1912 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1913 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1914 return true; 1915 } 1916 1917 if (OldType != NewType && 1918 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1919 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1920 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1921 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1922 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1923 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1924 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1925 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1926 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1927 return true; 1928 } 1929 return false; 1930 } 1931 1932 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1933 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1934 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1935 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1936 /// 1937 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New, 1938 LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1939 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1940 // merging checks. 1941 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1942 1943 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1944 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1945 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1946 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1947 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1948 default: break; 1949 case 2: 1950 { 1951 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1952 break; 1953 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1954 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1955 break; 1956 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1957 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1958 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1959 break; 1960 } 1961 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1962 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1963 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1964 return; 1965 } 1966 case 5: 1967 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1968 break; 1969 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1970 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1971 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1972 return; 1973 case 3: 1974 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1975 break; 1976 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1977 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1978 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1979 return; 1980 } 1981 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1982 } 1983 1984 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1985 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1986 if (!Old) { 1987 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1988 << New->getDeclName(); 1989 1990 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1991 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1992 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1993 1994 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1995 } 1996 1997 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1998 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1999 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2000 2001 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2002 auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true); 2003 auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(); 2004 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 2005 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && OldTag && NewTag && 2006 OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() && 2007 !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) { 2008 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it 2009 // instead of our tag. 2010 New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl()); 2011 if (OldTD->isModed()) 2012 New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(), 2013 OldTD->getUnderlyingType()); 2014 else 2015 New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo()); 2016 2017 // Make the old tag definition visible. 2018 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, NewTag->getLocation()); 2019 2020 // If this was an unscoped enumeration, yank all of its enumerators 2021 // out of the scope. 2022 if (isa<EnumDecl>(NewTag)) { 2023 Scope *EnumScope = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 2024 for (auto *D : NewTag->decls()) { 2025 auto *ED = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 2026 assert(EnumScope->isDeclScope(ED)); 2027 EnumScope->RemoveDecl(ED); 2028 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ED); 2029 ED->getLexicalDeclContext()->removeDecl(ED); 2030 } 2031 } 2032 } 2033 } 2034 2035 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 2036 // with any extensions enabled. 2037 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 2038 return; 2039 2040 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 2041 // the old declaration was a typedef. 2042 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2043 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 2044 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2045 } 2046 2047 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 2048 return; 2049 2050 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2051 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 2052 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 2053 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 2054 // to the type to which it already refers. 2055 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 2056 return; 2057 2058 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 2059 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 2060 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 2061 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 2062 // 2063 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 2064 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 2065 // 2066 // struct S { 2067 // typedef struct A { } A; 2068 // }; 2069 // 2070 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 2071 // allow the above but disallow 2072 // 2073 // struct S { 2074 // typedef int I; 2075 // typedef int I; 2076 // }; 2077 // 2078 // since that was the intent of DR56. 2079 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 2080 return; 2081 2082 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2083 << New->getDeclName(); 2084 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2085 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2086 } 2087 2088 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 2089 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 2090 return; 2091 2092 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 2093 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 2094 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 2095 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 2096 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 2097 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 2098 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 2099 return; 2100 2101 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef) 2102 << New->getDeclName(); 2103 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2104 } 2105 2106 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 2107 /// attribute. 2108 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 2109 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 2110 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 2111 for (const auto *i : D->attrs()) 2112 if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 2113 if (Ann) { 2114 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation()) 2115 return true; 2116 continue; 2117 } 2118 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 2119 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i)) 2120 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind(); 2121 return true; 2122 } 2123 2124 return false; 2125 } 2126 2127 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 2128 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2129 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 2130 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2131 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 2132 return true; 2133 } 2134 2135 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 2136 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 2137 /// 2138 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 2139 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 2140 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 2141 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 2142 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2143 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr; 2144 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 2145 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2146 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 2147 // in a case like: 2148 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 2149 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 2150 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 2151 // definition in such a case. 2152 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2153 return false; 2154 2155 if (I->isAlignas()) 2156 OldAlignasAttr = I; 2157 2158 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2159 if (Align > OldAlign) { 2160 OldAlign = Align; 2161 OldStrictestAlignAttr = I; 2162 } 2163 } 2164 2165 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 2166 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2167 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 2168 for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2169 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2170 return false; 2171 2172 if (I->isAlignas()) 2173 NewAlignasAttr = I; 2174 2175 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2176 if (Align > NewAlign) 2177 NewAlign = Align; 2178 } 2179 2180 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2181 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 2182 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 2183 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 2184 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 2185 2186 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 2187 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 2188 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 2189 QualType Ty; 2190 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 2191 Ty = VD->getType(); 2192 else 2193 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 2194 2195 if (OldAlign == 0) 2196 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2197 if (NewAlign == 0) 2198 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2199 } 2200 2201 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2202 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 2203 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 2204 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 2205 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2206 } 2207 } 2208 2209 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 2210 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2211 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2212 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2213 // equivalent alignment. 2214 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2215 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2216 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2217 // have no alignment specifier. 2218 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2219 << OldAlignasAttr; 2220 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2221 << OldAlignasAttr; 2222 } 2223 2224 bool AnyAdded = false; 2225 2226 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 2227 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 2228 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 2229 Clone->setInherited(true); 2230 New->addAttr(Clone); 2231 AnyAdded = true; 2232 } 2233 2234 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 2235 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 2236 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 2237 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 2238 Clone->setInherited(true); 2239 New->addAttr(Clone); 2240 AnyAdded = true; 2241 } 2242 2243 return AnyAdded; 2244 } 2245 2246 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, 2247 const InheritableAttr *Attr, 2248 Sema::AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2249 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr; 2250 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 2251 if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 2252 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 2253 AA->isImplicit(), AA->getIntroduced(), 2254 AA->getDeprecated(), 2255 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 2256 AA->getMessage(), AA->getStrict(), 2257 AA->getReplacement(), AMK, 2258 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2259 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2260 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2261 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2262 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2263 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2264 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2265 else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 2266 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 2267 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2268 else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 2269 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 2270 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2271 else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 2272 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 2273 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 2274 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2275 else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 2276 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 2277 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2278 else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) 2279 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 2280 AttrSpellingListIndex, 2281 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 2282 else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr)) 2283 NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(), 2284 &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()), 2285 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2286 else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr)) 2287 NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2288 else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr)) 2289 NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2290 else if (const auto *InternalLinkageA = dyn_cast<InternalLinkageAttr>(Attr)) 2291 NewAttr = S.mergeInternalLinkageAttr( 2292 D, InternalLinkageA->getRange(), 2293 &S.Context.Idents.get(InternalLinkageA->getSpelling()), 2294 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2295 else if (const auto *CommonA = dyn_cast<CommonAttr>(Attr)) 2296 NewAttr = S.mergeCommonAttr(D, CommonA->getRange(), 2297 &S.Context.Idents.get(CommonA->getSpelling()), 2298 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2299 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 2300 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2301 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2302 NewAttr = nullptr; 2303 else if ((isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) || isa<UnavailableAttr>(Attr)) && 2304 (AMK == Sema::AMK_Override || 2305 AMK == Sema::AMK_ProtocolImplementation)) 2306 NewAttr = nullptr; 2307 else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2308 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2309 2310 if (NewAttr) { 2311 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2312 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2313 if (isa<MSInheritanceAttr>(NewAttr)) 2314 S.Consumer.AssignInheritanceModel(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)); 2315 return true; 2316 } 2317 2318 return false; 2319 } 2320 2321 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2322 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2323 return TD->getDefinition(); 2324 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 2325 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 2326 if (Def) 2327 return Def; 2328 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 2329 } 2330 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 2331 const FunctionDecl* Def; 2332 if (FD->isDefined(Def)) 2333 return Def; 2334 } 2335 return nullptr; 2336 } 2337 2338 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2339 for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs()) 2340 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2341 return true; 2342 return false; 2343 } 2344 2345 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2346 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2347 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2348 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2349 return; 2350 2351 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2352 if (!Def || Def == New) 2353 return; 2354 2355 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2356 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2357 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2358 2359 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute) || isa<IFuncAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2360 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) { 2361 Sema::SkipBodyInfo SkipBody; 2362 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def), &SkipBody); 2363 2364 // If we're skipping this definition, drop the "alias" attribute. 2365 if (SkipBody.ShouldSkip) { 2366 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2367 --E; 2368 continue; 2369 } 2370 } else { 2371 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2372 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2373 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2374 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2375 : diag::err_redefinition; 2376 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2377 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2378 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2379 } 2380 ++I; 2381 continue; 2382 } 2383 2384 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2385 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2386 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2387 ++I; 2388 continue; 2389 } 2390 } 2391 2392 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2393 ++I; 2394 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2395 } 2396 2397 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2398 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2399 ++I; 2400 continue; 2401 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2402 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2403 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2404 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2405 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2406 // equivalent alignment. 2407 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2408 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2409 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2410 // have no alignment specifier. 2411 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2412 << AA; 2413 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2414 << AA; 2415 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2416 --E; 2417 continue; 2418 } 2419 } 2420 2421 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2422 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2423 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2424 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2425 --E; 2426 } 2427 } 2428 2429 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2430 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2431 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2432 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2433 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2434 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2435 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2436 } 2437 2438 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2439 return; 2440 2441 // Attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored. 2442 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2443 2444 if (AsmLabelAttr *NewA = New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2445 if (AsmLabelAttr *OldA = Old->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2446 if (OldA->getLabel() != NewA->getLabel()) { 2447 // This redeclaration changes __asm__ label. 2448 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_asm_label); 2449 Diag(OldA->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2450 } 2451 } else if (Old->isUsed()) { 2452 // This redeclaration adds an __asm__ label to a declaration that has 2453 // already been ODR-used. 2454 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_late_asm_label_name) 2455 << isa<FunctionDecl>(Old) << New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()->getRange(); 2456 } 2457 } 2458 2459 // Re-declaration cannot add abi_tag's. 2460 if (const auto *NewAbiTagAttr = New->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { 2461 if (const auto *OldAbiTagAttr = Old->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { 2462 for (const auto &NewTag : NewAbiTagAttr->tags()) { 2463 if (std::find(OldAbiTagAttr->tags_begin(), OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end(), 2464 NewTag) == OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end()) { 2465 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), 2466 diag::err_new_abi_tag_on_redeclaration) 2467 << NewTag; 2468 Diag(OldAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2469 } 2470 } 2471 } else { 2472 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_abi_tag_on_redeclaration); 2473 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2474 } 2475 } 2476 2477 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2478 return; 2479 2480 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2481 2482 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2483 // we process them. 2484 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2485 2486 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) { 2487 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2488 AvailabilityMergeKind LocalAMK = AMK_None; 2489 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) || 2490 isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) || 2491 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) { 2492 switch (AMK) { 2493 case AMK_None: 2494 continue; 2495 2496 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2497 case AMK_Override: 2498 case AMK_ProtocolImplementation: 2499 LocalAMK = AMK; 2500 break; 2501 } 2502 } 2503 2504 // Already handled. 2505 if (isa<UsedAttr>(I)) 2506 continue; 2507 2508 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, LocalAMK)) 2509 foundAny = true; 2510 } 2511 2512 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2513 foundAny = true; 2514 2515 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2516 } 2517 2518 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2519 /// to the new one. 2520 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2521 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2522 Sema &S) { 2523 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2524 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2525 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2526 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2527 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2528 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2529 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2530 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2531 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2532 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2533 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2534 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 2535 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2536 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2537 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2538 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2539 } 2540 2541 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2542 return; 2543 2544 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2545 2546 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2547 // done before we process them. 2548 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2549 2550 for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) { 2551 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) { 2552 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2553 cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context)); 2554 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2555 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2556 foundAny = true; 2557 } 2558 } 2559 2560 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2561 } 2562 2563 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam, 2564 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam, 2565 Sema &S) { 2566 if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2567 if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2568 if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) { 2569 S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr) 2570 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2571 *Newnullability, 2572 ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2573 != 0)) 2574 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2575 *Oldnullability, 2576 ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2577 != 0)); 2578 S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2579 } 2580 } else { 2581 QualType NewT = NewParam->getType(); 2582 NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType( 2583 AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability), 2584 NewT, NewT); 2585 NewParam->setType(NewT); 2586 } 2587 } 2588 } 2589 2590 namespace { 2591 2592 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2593 /// C. 2594 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2595 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2596 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2597 QualType PromotedType; 2598 }; 2599 2600 } // end anonymous namespace 2601 2602 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2603 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2604 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2605 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2606 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2607 2608 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2609 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2610 2611 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2612 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2613 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2614 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2615 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2616 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2617 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2618 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2619 } 2620 2621 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2622 } 2623 2624 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit 2625 // declaration, or a declaration. 2626 template <typename T> 2627 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation> 2628 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2629 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2630 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); 2631 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2632 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2633 else if (Old->isImplicit()) { 2634 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2635 if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) 2636 OldLocation = New->getLocation(); 2637 } else 2638 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2639 return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation); 2640 } 2641 2642 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2643 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2644 /// GNU89 mode. 2645 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2646 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2647 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2648 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2649 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2650 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2651 } 2652 2653 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 2654 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2655 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 2656 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2657 return AT; 2658 } 2659 2660 template <typename T> 2661 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2662 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2663 if (DC->isRecord()) 2664 return false; 2665 2666 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2667 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2668 return true; 2669 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2670 return true; 2671 return false; 2672 } 2673 2674 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); } 2675 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; } 2676 2677 /// \brief Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a 2678 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload 2679 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration). 2680 template<typename ExpectedDecl> 2681 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS, 2682 ExpectedDecl *New) { 2683 // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4: 2684 // Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of 2685 // which specifies the same unqualified name, 2686 // -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions 2687 // and function templates; or 2688 // -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration 2689 // name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all 2690 // refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions 2691 // and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration 2692 // name is hidden (3.3.10). 2693 2694 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: 2695 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the 2696 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced 2697 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same 2698 // function, the program is ill-formed. 2699 2700 auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl()); 2701 if (Old && 2702 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 2703 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 2704 !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New))) 2705 Old = nullptr; 2706 2707 if (!Old) { 2708 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2709 S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target); 2710 S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2711 return true; 2712 } 2713 return false; 2714 } 2715 2716 static bool hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(const FunctionDecl *A, 2717 const FunctionDecl *B) { 2718 assert(A->getNumParams() == B->getNumParams()); 2719 2720 auto AttrEq = [](const ParmVarDecl *A, const ParmVarDecl *B) { 2721 const auto *AttrA = A->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 2722 const auto *AttrB = B->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 2723 if (AttrA == AttrB) 2724 return true; 2725 return AttrA && AttrB && AttrA->getType() == AttrB->getType(); 2726 }; 2727 2728 return std::equal(A->param_begin(), A->param_end(), B->param_begin(), AttrEq); 2729 } 2730 2731 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2732 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2733 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2734 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2735 /// 2736 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2737 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2738 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2739 /// merged with. 2740 /// 2741 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2742 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, 2743 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2744 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2745 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); 2746 if (!Old) { 2747 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2748 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2749 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2750 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2751 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2752 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2753 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2754 return true; 2755 } 2756 2757 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function. 2758 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 2759 return true; 2760 OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); 2761 } else { 2762 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2763 << New->getDeclName(); 2764 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2765 return true; 2766 } 2767 } 2768 2769 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2770 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2771 return true; 2772 2773 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2774 SourceLocation OldLocation; 2775 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 2776 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 2777 2778 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2779 // is an extern inline function. 2780 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2781 // storage classes. 2782 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2783 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2784 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 2785 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2786 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2787 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2788 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New; 2789 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2790 } else { 2791 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2792 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2793 return true; 2794 } 2795 } 2796 2797 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 2798 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 2799 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 2800 << New->getDeclName(); 2801 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2802 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 2803 } 2804 2805 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 2806 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 2807 // convention of the first. 2808 // 2809 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2810 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2811 // 2812 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 2813 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 2814 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 2815 // 2816 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2817 // other tests to run. 2818 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2819 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2820 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2821 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2822 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2823 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2824 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2825 2826 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2827 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 2828 const FunctionType *FT = 2829 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 2830 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 2831 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 2832 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 2833 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2834 // there but not here. 2835 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2836 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2837 } else { 2838 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 2839 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 2840 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2841 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2842 << !FirstCCExplicit 2843 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 2844 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 2845 2846 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 2847 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2848 return true; 2849 } 2850 } 2851 2852 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2853 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2854 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2855 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2856 } 2857 2858 // Merge regparm attribute. 2859 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2860 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2861 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2862 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2863 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2864 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2865 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2866 return true; 2867 } 2868 2869 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2870 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2871 } 2872 2873 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2874 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2875 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2876 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2877 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2878 return true; 2879 } 2880 2881 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2882 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2883 } 2884 2885 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2886 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2887 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 2888 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 2889 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2890 NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2891 } 2892 2893 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 2894 // UndefinedButUsed. 2895 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 2896 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2897 !getLangOpts().GNUInline && 2898 Old->isUsed(false) && 2899 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2900 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 2901 SourceLocation())); 2902 2903 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 2904 // about it. 2905 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2906 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 2907 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 2908 } 2909 2910 // If pass_object_size params don't match up perfectly, this isn't a valid 2911 // redeclaration. 2912 if (Old->getNumParams() > 0 && Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams() && 2913 !hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(Old, New)) { 2914 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_pass_object_size_params) 2915 << New->getDeclName(); 2916 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2917 return true; 2918 } 2919 2920 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2921 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2922 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2923 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2924 // cannot be overloaded. 2925 2926 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 2927 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 2928 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 2929 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 2930 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 2931 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = 2932 (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 2933 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2934 : OldType)->getReturnType(); 2935 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = 2936 (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 2937 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2938 : NewType)->getReturnType(); 2939 QualType ResQT; 2940 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 2941 !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2942 New->isLocalExternDecl())) { 2943 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 2944 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2945 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2946 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2947 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2948 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) 2949 << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2950 else 2951 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type) 2952 << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2953 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType() 2954 << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2955 return true; 2956 } 2957 else 2958 NewQType = ResQT; 2959 } 2960 2961 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 2962 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); 2963 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2964 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 2965 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 2966 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2967 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 2968 New->setType( 2969 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 2970 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2971 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2972 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 2973 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 2974 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2975 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2976 } 2977 } 2978 2979 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2980 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2981 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2982 // Preserve triviality. 2983 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2984 2985 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2986 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2987 // We don't want a redeclaration error. 2988 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2989 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2990 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2991 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2992 2993 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2994 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2995 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2996 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2997 // is a static member function declaration. 2998 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2999 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 3000 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3001 return true; 3002 } 3003 3004 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3005 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 3006 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 3007 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 3008 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 3009 unsigned NewDiag; 3010 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 3011 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 3012 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 3013 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 3014 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 3015 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 3016 else 3017 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 3018 3019 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 3020 } else { 3021 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 3022 << New << New->getType(); 3023 } 3024 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3025 return true; 3026 3027 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 3028 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 3029 // 3030 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 3031 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 3032 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 3033 if (isFriend) { 3034 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 3035 } else { 3036 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 3037 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 3038 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 3039 return true; 3040 } 3041 } else if (OldMethod->getFirstDecl()->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 3042 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 3043 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 3044 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 3045 return true; 3046 } 3047 } 3048 3049 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 3050 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 3051 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 3052 // attribute. 3053 const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(); 3054 if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 3055 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 3056 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 3057 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 3058 } 3059 3060 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 3061 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 3062 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 3063 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 3064 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 3065 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 3066 Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 3067 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 3068 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 3069 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 3070 } 3071 3072 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 3073 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 3074 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 3075 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 3076 3077 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 3078 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 3079 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 3080 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 3081 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 3082 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 3083 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 3084 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 3085 } 3086 3087 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3088 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 3089 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 3090 // 3091 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 3092 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 3093 // linkage within class scope. 3094 // 3095 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 3096 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 3097 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 3098 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3099 } else { 3100 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3101 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3102 return true; 3103 } 3104 } 3105 3106 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 3107 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3108 3109 if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 3110 New->isLocalExternDecl()) { 3111 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton 3112 // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types 3113 // when we instantiate the function. 3114 return false; 3115 } 3116 3117 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 3118 } 3119 3120 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 3121 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 3122 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3123 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 3124 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3125 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3126 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr; 3127 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 3128 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 3129 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 3130 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 3131 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 3132 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types()); 3133 NewQType = 3134 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, 3135 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 3136 New->setType(NewQType); 3137 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 3138 3139 // Synthesize parameters with the same types. 3140 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 3141 for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) { 3142 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 3143 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 3144 ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 3145 SC_None, nullptr); 3146 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 3147 Param->setImplicit(); 3148 Params.push_back(Param); 3149 } 3150 3151 New->setParams(Params); 3152 } 3153 3154 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3155 } 3156 3157 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 3158 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 3159 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 3160 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 3161 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 3162 // the prototype. 3163 // 3164 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 3165 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 3166 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 3167 // C99 6.9.1p8. 3168 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3169 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 3170 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 3171 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 3172 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 3173 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 3174 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 3175 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3176 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 3177 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3178 3179 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 3180 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), 3181 NewProto->getReturnType()); 3182 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 3183 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 3184 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 3185 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 3186 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 3187 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3188 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { 3189 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3190 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3191 NewParm->getType(), 3192 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 3193 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, 3194 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; 3195 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 3196 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3197 } else 3198 LooseCompatible = false; 3199 } 3200 3201 if (LooseCompatible) { 3202 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 3203 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 3204 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 3205 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 3206 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 3207 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 3208 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 3209 diag::note_previous_declaration); 3210 } 3211 3212 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3213 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 3214 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 3215 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3216 } 3217 3218 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 3219 } 3220 3221 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 3222 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 3223 3224 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 3225 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 3226 unsigned BuiltinID; 3227 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 3228 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 3229 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 3230 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 3231 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 3232 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 3233 << Old << Old->getType(); 3234 3235 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 3236 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 3237 // 3238 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 3239 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 3240 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 3241 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 3242 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 3243 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3244 New->getIdentifier()->revertBuiltin(); 3245 3246 return false; 3247 } 3248 3249 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 3250 } 3251 3252 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 3253 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3254 return true; 3255 } 3256 3257 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 3258 /// known to be compatible. 3259 /// 3260 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 3261 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 3262 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 3263 /// redeclaration of Old. 3264 /// 3265 /// \returns false 3266 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 3267 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3268 // Merge the attributes 3269 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3270 3271 // Merge "pure" flag. 3272 if (Old->isPure()) 3273 New->setPure(); 3274 3275 // Merge "used" flag. 3276 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3277 New->setIsUsed(); 3278 3279 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 3280 // declarations. 3281 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 3282 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 3283 ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i); 3284 ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i); 3285 mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3286 mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3287 } 3288 3289 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3290 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 3291 3292 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 3293 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 3294 // was visible. 3295 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 3296 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3297 New->setType(Merged); 3298 3299 return false; 3300 } 3301 3302 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 3303 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 3304 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 3305 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 3306 isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(oldMethod->getDeclContext()) 3307 ? AMK_ProtocolImplementation 3308 : isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 3309 : AMK_Override; 3310 3311 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 3312 3313 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 3314 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 3315 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 3316 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 3317 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 3318 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 3319 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 3320 3321 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 3322 } 3323 3324 static void diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(Sema &S, VarDecl *New, VarDecl* Old) { 3325 assert(!S.Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())); 3326 3327 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() 3328 ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type 3329 : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type) 3330 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 3331 3332 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3333 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3334 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) 3335 = getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3336 S.Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3337 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3338 } 3339 3340 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 3341 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 3342 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3343 /// 3344 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 3345 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 3346 /// is attached. 3347 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 3348 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3349 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3350 return; 3351 3352 QualType MergedT; 3353 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3354 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 3355 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 3356 return; 3357 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 3358 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 3359 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 3360 } 3361 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 3362 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 3363 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 3364 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 3365 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 3366 else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 3367 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3368 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3369 3370 // We are merging a variable declaration New into Old. If it has an array 3371 // bound, and that bound differs from Old's bound, we should diagnose the 3372 // mismatch. 3373 if (!NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3374 for (VarDecl *PrevVD = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); PrevVD; 3375 PrevVD = PrevVD->getPreviousDecl()) { 3376 const ArrayType *PrevVDTy = Context.getAsArrayType(PrevVD->getType()); 3377 if (PrevVDTy->isIncompleteArrayType()) 3378 continue; 3379 3380 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewArray, PrevVDTy)) 3381 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, PrevVD); 3382 } 3383 } 3384 3385 if (OldArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && NewArray->isArrayType()) { 3386 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3387 NewArray->getElementType())) 3388 MergedT = New->getType(); 3389 } 3390 // FIXME: Check visibility. New is hidden but has a complete type. If New 3391 // has no array bound, it should not inherit one from Old, if Old is not 3392 // visible. 3393 else if (OldArray->isArrayType() && NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3394 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3395 NewArray->getElementType())) 3396 MergedT = Old->getType(); 3397 } 3398 } 3399 else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3400 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 3401 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 3402 Old->getType()); 3403 } 3404 } else { 3405 // C 6.2.7p2: 3406 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 3407 // compatible type. 3408 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 3409 } 3410 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 3411 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 3412 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 3413 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 3414 // equivalent. 3415 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 3416 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 3417 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3418 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 3419 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 3420 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 3421 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3422 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 3423 return; 3424 } 3425 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, Old); 3426 } 3427 3428 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 3429 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 3430 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3431 New->setType(MergedT); 3432 } 3433 3434 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 3435 LookupResult &Previous) { 3436 // C11 6.2.7p4: 3437 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 3438 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 3439 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 3440 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 3441 // declaration becomes the composite type. 3442 // 3443 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 3444 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 3445 return false; 3446 3447 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3448 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 3449 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 3450 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 3451 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 3452 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 3453 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3454 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 3455 } else { 3456 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 3457 // type unless we're in the same function. 3458 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3459 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 3460 } 3461 } 3462 3463 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 3464 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 3465 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3466 /// 3467 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 3468 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 3469 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 3470 /// 3471 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 3472 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 3473 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3474 return; 3475 3476 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Previous, New)) 3477 return; 3478 3479 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); 3480 3481 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 3482 VarDecl *Old = nullptr; 3483 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr; 3484 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3485 if (NewTemplate) { 3486 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3487 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr; 3488 3489 if (auto *Shadow = 3490 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3491 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate)) 3492 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3493 } else { 3494 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3495 3496 if (auto *Shadow = 3497 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3498 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 3499 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3500 } 3501 } 3502 if (!Old) { 3503 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3504 << New->getDeclName(); 3505 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 3506 diag::note_previous_definition); 3507 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3508 } 3509 3510 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. 3511 if (NewTemplate && 3512 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3513 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3514 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 3515 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3516 3517 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3518 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 3519 // 3520 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 3521 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 3522 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 3523 << New->getIdentifier(); 3524 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3525 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3526 } 3527 3528 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3529 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 3530 // declaration 3531 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 3532 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 3533 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 3534 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 3535 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3536 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 3537 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 3538 } 3539 3540 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 3541 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 3542 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 3543 << New->getDeclName(); 3544 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3545 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 3546 } 3547 3548 // Merge the types. 3549 VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); 3550 if (MostRecent != Old) { 3551 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent, 3552 mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous)); 3553 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3554 return; 3555 } 3556 3557 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 3558 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3559 return; 3560 3561 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3562 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3563 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3564 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3565 3566 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 3567 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3568 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3569 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 3570 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3571 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) 3572 << New->getDeclName(); 3573 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3574 } else { 3575 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 3576 << New->getDeclName(); 3577 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3578 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3579 } 3580 } 3581 // C99 6.2.2p4: 3582 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 3583 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 3584 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 3585 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 3586 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 3587 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 3588 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 3589 // identifier has external linkage. 3590 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 3591 /* Okay */; 3592 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 3593 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3594 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 3595 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3596 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3597 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3598 } 3599 3600 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 3601 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 3602 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) { 3603 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3604 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3605 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3606 } 3607 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() && 3608 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 3609 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3610 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3611 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3612 } 3613 3614 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 3615 3616 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 3617 // need to check for mismatches. 3618 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 3619 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 3620 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3621 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 3622 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 3623 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3624 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3625 } 3626 3627 if (New->isInline() && !Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isInline()) { 3628 if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) { 3629 // C++1z [dcl.fcn.spec]p4: 3630 // If the definition of a variable appears in a translation unit before 3631 // its first declaration as inline, the program is ill-formed. 3632 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_inline_decl_follows_def) << New; 3633 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3634 } 3635 } 3636 3637 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 3638 // UndefinedButUsed. 3639 if (!Old->isInline() && New->isInline() && Old->isUsed(false) && 3640 !Old->getDefinition() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 3641 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 3642 SourceLocation())); 3643 3644 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 3645 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 3646 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3647 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3648 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 3649 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3650 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3651 } else { 3652 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 3653 // static and dynamic initialization. 3654 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 3655 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 3656 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 3657 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 3658 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3659 } 3660 } 3661 3662 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 3663 VarDecl *Def; 3664 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3665 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 3666 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 3667 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 3668 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) && 3669 (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 3670 New->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 3671 New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 3672 New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 3673 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 3674 // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it. 3675 } else if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && 3676 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isInline() && 3677 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isConstexpr()) { 3678 // This definition won't be a definition any more once it's been merged. 3679 Diag(New->getLocation(), 3680 diag::warn_deprecated_redundant_constexpr_static_def); 3681 } else { 3682 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 3683 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3684 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3685 return; 3686 } 3687 } 3688 3689 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3690 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3691 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3692 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3693 return; 3694 } 3695 3696 // Merge "used" flag. 3697 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3698 New->setIsUsed(); 3699 3700 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3701 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 3702 if (NewTemplate) 3703 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); 3704 3705 // Inherit access appropriately. 3706 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3707 if (NewTemplate) 3708 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 3709 3710 if (Old->isInline()) 3711 New->setImplicitlyInline(); 3712 } 3713 3714 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3715 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 3716 Decl * 3717 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 3718 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 3719 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(), false, 3720 AnonRecord); 3721 } 3722 3723 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to 3724 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes. 3725 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks 3726 // compatibility. 3727 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being 3728 // targeted. 3729 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) { 3730 return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015) 3731 ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber() 3732 : S->getMSLastManglingNumber(); 3733 } 3734 3735 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { 3736 if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3737 return; 3738 3739 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 3740 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 3741 // it is anonymous. 3742 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 3743 return; 3744 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 3745 Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 3746 Context.setManglingNumber( 3747 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber( 3748 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3749 return; 3750 } 3751 3752 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 3753 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 3754 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 3755 Tag->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 3756 Context.setManglingNumber( 3757 Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 3758 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3759 } 3760 } 3761 3762 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec, 3763 TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 3764 if (TagFromDeclSpec->isInvalidDecl()) 3765 return; 3766 3767 // Do nothing if the tag already has a name for linkage purposes. 3768 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasNameForLinkage()) 3769 return; 3770 3771 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 3772 assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 3773 3774 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 3775 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(), 3776 Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) { 3777 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3778 Context.addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 3779 return; 3780 } 3781 3782 // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then 3783 // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that 3784 // linkage, which might be a serious problem. Diagnose this as 3785 // unsupported and ignore the typedef name. TODO: we should 3786 // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule 3787 // for how to handle it. 3788 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) { 3789 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage); 3790 3791 SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart(); 3792 tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc); 3793 3794 llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert; 3795 textToInsert += ' '; 3796 textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName(); 3797 Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage) 3798 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert); 3799 return; 3800 } 3801 3802 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 3803 TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 3804 } 3805 3806 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) { 3807 switch (T) { 3808 case DeclSpec::TST_class: 3809 return 0; 3810 case DeclSpec::TST_struct: 3811 return 1; 3812 case DeclSpec::TST_interface: 3813 return 2; 3814 case DeclSpec::TST_union: 3815 return 3; 3816 case DeclSpec::TST_enum: 3817 return 4; 3818 default: 3819 llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier"); 3820 } 3821 } 3822 3823 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3824 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 3825 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 3826 Decl * 3827 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 3828 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3829 bool IsExplicitInstantiation, 3830 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 3831 Decl *TagD = nullptr; 3832 TagDecl *Tag = nullptr; 3833 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3834 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3835 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3836 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3837 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3838 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 3839 3840 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 3841 return nullptr; 3842 3843 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 3844 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 3845 // it's a Type. 3846 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 3847 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 3848 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 3849 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 3850 } 3851 3852 if (Tag) { 3853 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 3854 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 3855 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 3856 return Tag; 3857 } 3858 3859 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3860 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 3861 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 3862 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3863 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3864 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 3865 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3866 } 3867 3868 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 3869 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 3870 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 3871 3872 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 3873 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 3874 // and definitions of functions and variables. 3875 if (Tag) 3876 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 3877 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()); 3878 else 3879 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 3880 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 3881 return TagD; 3882 } 3883 3884 if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) { 3885 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: A concept definition refers to 3886 // either a function concept and its definition or a variable concept and 3887 // its initializer. 3888 Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 3889 return TagD; 3890 } 3891 3892 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 3893 3894 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 3895 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 3896 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 3897 if (TagD && !Tag) 3898 return nullptr; 3899 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 3900 } 3901 3902 const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 3903 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 3904 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 3905 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 3906 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization && 3907 !isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Tag)) { 3908 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 3909 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 3910 // or an explicit specialization. 3911 // 3912 // FIXME: We allow class template partial specializations here too, per the 3913 // obvious intent of DR1819. 3914 // 3915 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 3916 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 3917 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange(); 3918 return nullptr; 3919 } 3920 3921 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 3922 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 3923 3924 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 3925 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 3926 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 3927 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3928 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 3929 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 3930 // If CurContext is a DeclContext that can contain statements, 3931 // RecursiveASTVisitor won't visit the decls that 3932 // BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion() will put into CurContext. 3933 // Also store them here so that they can be part of the 3934 // DeclStmt that gets created in this case. 3935 // FIXME: Also return the IndirectFieldDecls created by 3936 // BuildAnonymousStructOr union, for the same reason? 3937 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3938 AnonRecord = Record; 3939 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, 3940 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 3941 } 3942 3943 DeclaresAnything = false; 3944 } 3945 } 3946 3947 // C11 6.7.2.1p2: 3948 // A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or 3949 // anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list. 3950 // 3951 // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration 3952 // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list. 3953 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() && 3954 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 3955 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member. 3956 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union: 3957 // struct STRUCT; 3958 // union UNION; 3959 // and 3960 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 3961 // UNION_TYPE; <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union. 3962 if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) || 3963 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) { 3964 RecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 3965 if (Tag) 3966 Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag); 3967 else if (const RecordType *RT = 3968 DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()) 3969 Record = RT->getDecl(); 3970 else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType()) 3971 Record = UT->getDecl(); 3972 3973 if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3974 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record) 3975 << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange(); 3976 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 3977 } 3978 3979 DeclaresAnything = false; 3980 } 3981 } 3982 3983 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 3984 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 3985 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 3986 return TagD; 3987 3988 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3989 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3990 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 3991 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 3992 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 3993 DeclaresAnything = false; 3994 3995 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 3996 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 3997 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3998 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 3999 << DS.getSourceRange(); 4000 else 4001 DeclaresAnything = false; 4002 } 4003 4004 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 4005 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4006 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 4007 << Tag->getTagKind() 4008 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4009 4010 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 4011 4012 // C 6.7/2: 4013 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 4014 // or the members of an enumeration. 4015 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 4016 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 4017 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 4018 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 4019 // previous declaration. 4020 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 4021 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 4022 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 4023 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 4024 return TagD; 4025 } 4026 4027 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 4028 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 4029 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 4030 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 4031 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 4032 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 4033 // 4034 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 4035 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 4036 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4037 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 4038 4039 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 4040 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 4041 // useless. 4042 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { 4043 if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) 4044 // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is 4045 // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error. 4046 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4047 else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4048 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 4049 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 4050 } 4051 4052 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 4053 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 4054 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 4055 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4056 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4057 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 4058 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4059 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 4060 // Restrict is covered above. 4061 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4062 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 4063 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned) 4064 Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "__unaligned"; 4065 } 4066 4067 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 4068 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 4069 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 4070 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 4071 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 4072 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 4073 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 4074 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 4075 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 4076 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 4077 for (AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); attrs; 4078 attrs = attrs->getNext()) 4079 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 4080 << attrs->getName() << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType); 4081 } 4082 } 4083 4084 return TagD; 4085 } 4086 4087 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 4088 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 4089 /// 4090 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 4091 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 4092 Scope *S, 4093 DeclContext *Owner, 4094 DeclarationName Name, 4095 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4096 bool IsUnion) { 4097 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 4098 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 4099 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 4100 4101 // Pick a representative declaration. 4102 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 4103 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 4104 4105 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 4106 return false; 4107 4108 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_anonymous_record_member_redecl) 4109 << IsUnion << Name; 4110 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4111 4112 return true; 4113 } 4114 4115 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 4116 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 4117 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 4118 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 4119 /// struct, e.g., 4120 /// 4121 /// @code 4122 /// union { 4123 /// int i; 4124 /// float f; 4125 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 4126 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 4127 /// @endcode 4128 /// 4129 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 4130 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 4131 static bool 4132 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, DeclContext *Owner, 4133 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, AccessSpecifier AS, 4134 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining) { 4135 bool Invalid = false; 4136 4137 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 4138 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { 4139 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && 4140 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { 4141 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); 4142 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 4143 VD->getLocation(), 4144 AnonRecord->isUnion())) { 4145 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4146 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 4147 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 4148 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 4149 Invalid = true; 4150 } else { 4151 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4152 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 4153 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 4154 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 4155 // anonymous union is declared. 4156 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 4157 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 4158 Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end()); 4159 else 4160 Chaining.push_back(VD); 4161 4162 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 4163 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 4164 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 4165 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 4166 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 4167 4168 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create( 4169 SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(), 4170 VD->getType(), {NamedChain, Chaining.size()}); 4171 4172 for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs()) 4173 IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context)); 4174 4175 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4176 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 4177 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 4178 4179 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 4180 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4181 4182 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 4183 } 4184 } 4185 } 4186 4187 return Invalid; 4188 } 4189 4190 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 4191 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 4192 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 4193 static StorageClass 4194 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 4195 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4196 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 4197 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 4198 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 4199 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 4200 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 4201 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 4202 return SC_None; 4203 return SC_Extern; 4204 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 4205 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 4206 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 4207 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 4208 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 4209 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 4210 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 4211 } 4212 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 4213 } 4214 4215 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 4216 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); 4217 4218 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 4219 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); 4220 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 4221 FD = IFD->getAnonField(); 4222 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) 4223 return FD->getLocation(); 4224 } 4225 4226 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); 4227 } 4228 4229 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4230 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { 4231 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4232 return; 4233 4234 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); 4235 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 4236 } 4237 4238 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4239 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { 4240 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4241 return; 4242 4243 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); 4244 } 4245 4246 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 4247 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 4248 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 4249 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 4250 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4251 AccessSpecifier AS, 4252 RecordDecl *Record, 4253 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { 4254 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 4255 4256 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 4257 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 4258 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 4259 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4260 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 4261 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 4262 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 4263 4264 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 4265 // structs/unions. 4266 bool Invalid = false; 4267 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4268 const char *PrevSpec = nullptr; 4269 unsigned DiagID; 4270 if (Record->isUnion()) { 4271 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4272 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 4273 // global namespace shall be declared static. 4274 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 4275 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 4276 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 4277 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 4278 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 4279 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 4280 4281 // Recover by adding 'static'. 4282 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 4283 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); 4284 } 4285 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4286 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 4287 // anonymous union in a class scope. 4288 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 4289 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4290 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4291 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 4292 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4293 4294 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 4295 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 4296 SourceLocation(), 4297 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 4298 } 4299 } 4300 4301 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 4302 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4303 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4304 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4305 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 4306 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 4307 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4308 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 4309 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4310 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 4311 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 4312 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 4313 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 4314 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4315 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 4316 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 4317 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4318 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 4319 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4320 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 4321 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 4322 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned) 4323 Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), 4324 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4325 << Record->isUnion() << "__unaligned" 4326 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc()); 4327 4328 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 4329 } 4330 4331 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4332 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 4333 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 4334 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 4335 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { 4336 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { 4337 // C++ [class.union]p3: 4338 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 4339 // members (clause 11). 4340 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 4341 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 4342 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 4343 << Record->isUnion() << (FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 4344 Invalid = true; 4345 } 4346 4347 // C++ [class.union]p1 4348 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 4349 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 4350 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 4351 // array of such objects. 4352 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 4353 Invalid = true; 4354 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { 4355 // Any implicit members are fine. 4356 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { 4357 // This is a type that showed up in an 4358 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 4359 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 4360 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 4361 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { 4362 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 4363 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 4364 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4365 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 4366 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4367 << Record->isUnion(); 4368 else { 4369 // This is a nested type declaration. 4370 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4371 << Record->isUnion(); 4372 Invalid = true; 4373 } 4374 } else { 4375 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 4376 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 4377 // not part of standard C++. 4378 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 4379 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 4380 << Record->isUnion(); 4381 } 4382 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { 4383 // Any access specifier is fine. 4384 } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) { 4385 // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine. 4386 } else { 4387 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 4388 // member. Complain about it. 4389 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 4390 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) 4391 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 4392 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) 4393 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 4394 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) 4395 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 4396 4397 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4398 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 4399 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4400 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4401 << Record->isUnion(); 4402 else { 4403 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) << Record->isUnion(); 4404 Invalid = true; 4405 } 4406 } 4407 } 4408 4409 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 4410 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 4411 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 4412 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && 4413 Owner->isRecord()) 4414 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), 4415 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); 4416 } 4417 4418 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 4419 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 4420 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 4421 Invalid = true; 4422 } 4423 4424 // Mock up a declarator. 4425 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 4426 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4427 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 4428 4429 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 4430 NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr; 4431 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4432 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 4433 DS.getLocStart(), 4434 Record->getLocation(), 4435 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4436 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4437 TInfo, 4438 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4439 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4440 Anon->setAccess(AS); 4441 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4442 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 4443 } else { 4444 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4445 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 4446 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4447 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4448 // an error here 4449 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4450 Invalid = true; 4451 SC = SC_None; 4452 } 4453 4454 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 4455 DS.getLocStart(), 4456 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4457 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4458 TInfo, SC); 4459 4460 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 4461 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 4462 // initializer: 4463 // union { int n = 0; }; 4464 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 4465 } 4466 Anon->setImplicit(); 4467 4468 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. 4469 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 4470 4471 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 4472 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 4473 // its members. 4474 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 4475 4476 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 4477 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4478 // purposes. 4479 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4480 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4481 4482 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, Chain)) 4483 Invalid = true; 4484 4485 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { 4486 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 4487 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 4488 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 4489 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 4490 Context.setManglingNumber( 4491 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 4492 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 4493 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 4494 } 4495 } 4496 } 4497 4498 if (Invalid) 4499 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4500 4501 return Anon; 4502 } 4503 4504 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 4505 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 4506 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 4507 /// Example: 4508 /// 4509 /// struct A { int a; }; 4510 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 4511 /// 4512 /// void foo() { 4513 /// B var; 4514 /// var.a = 3; 4515 /// } 4516 /// 4517 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4518 RecordDecl *Record) { 4519 assert(Record && "expected a record!"); 4520 4521 // Mock up a declarator. 4522 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 4523 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4524 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 4525 4526 auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext); 4527 QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4528 4529 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 4530 NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 4531 ParentDecl, 4532 DS.getLocStart(), 4533 DS.getLocStart(), 4534 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4535 RecTy, 4536 TInfo, 4537 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4538 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4539 Anon->setImplicit(); 4540 4541 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 4542 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 4543 4544 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 4545 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4546 // purposes. 4547 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4548 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4549 4550 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 4551 if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy, 4552 diag::err_field_incomplete) || 4553 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef, 4554 AS_none, Chain)) { 4555 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4556 ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4557 } 4558 4559 return Anon; 4560 } 4561 4562 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 4563 /// given Declarator. 4564 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 4565 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 4566 } 4567 4568 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 4569 DeclarationNameInfo 4570 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 4571 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 4572 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4573 4574 switch (Name.getKind()) { 4575 4576 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 4577 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 4578 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 4579 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4580 return NameInfo; 4581 4582 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 4583 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 4584 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 4585 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4586 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 4587 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 4588 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 4589 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 4590 return NameInfo; 4591 4592 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 4593 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 4594 Name.Identifier)); 4595 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4596 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 4597 return NameInfo; 4598 4599 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 4600 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4601 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 4602 if (Ty.isNull()) 4603 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4604 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 4605 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4606 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4607 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4608 return NameInfo; 4609 } 4610 4611 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 4612 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4613 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 4614 if (Ty.isNull()) 4615 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4616 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4617 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4618 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4619 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4620 return NameInfo; 4621 } 4622 4623 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 4624 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 4625 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 4626 // to find the actual type being constructed. 4627 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 4628 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 4629 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4630 4631 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 4632 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 4633 4634 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 4635 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 4636 // was qualified. 4637 4638 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4639 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 4640 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4641 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 4642 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr); 4643 return NameInfo; 4644 } 4645 4646 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 4647 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4648 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 4649 if (Ty.isNull()) 4650 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4651 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4652 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4653 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4654 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4655 return NameInfo; 4656 } 4657 4658 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 4659 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 4660 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 4661 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 4662 } 4663 4664 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 4665 4666 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 4667 } 4668 4669 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 4670 do { 4671 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 4672 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 4673 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 4674 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 4675 else 4676 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 4677 } while (true); 4678 } 4679 4680 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 4681 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 4682 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 4683 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 4684 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 4685 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 4686 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 4687 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 4688 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 4689 FunctionDecl *Definition, 4690 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 4691 Params.clear(); 4692 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 4693 return false; 4694 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 4695 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4696 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4697 4698 // The parameter types are identical 4699 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 4700 continue; 4701 4702 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 4703 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 4704 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4705 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4706 4707 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 4708 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 4709 Params.push_back(Idx); 4710 else // The two parameters aren't even close 4711 return false; 4712 } 4713 4714 return true; 4715 } 4716 4717 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 4718 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 4719 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 4720 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 4721 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 4722 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 4723 DeclarationName Name) { 4724 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 4725 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 4726 // - types which will become injected class names 4727 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 4728 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 4729 // few cases here. 4730 4731 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 4732 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 4733 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 4734 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 4735 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 4736 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 4737 // Grab the type from the parser. 4738 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; 4739 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 4740 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 4741 4742 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 4743 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 4744 // attached already. 4745 if (!TSI) 4746 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 4747 4748 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 4749 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 4750 if (!TSI) return true; 4751 4752 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 4753 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 4754 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 4755 break; 4756 } 4757 4758 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 4759 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 4760 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 4761 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 4762 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 4763 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 4764 break; 4765 } 4766 4767 default: 4768 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 4769 break; 4770 } 4771 4772 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 4773 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 4774 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 4775 4776 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 4777 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 4778 // pointer. 4779 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 4780 continue; 4781 4782 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 4783 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 4784 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 4785 return true; 4786 } 4787 4788 return false; 4789 } 4790 4791 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 4792 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 4793 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 4794 4795 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 4796 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 4797 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 4798 4799 return Dcl; 4800 } 4801 4802 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 4803 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 4804 /// name different from T: 4805 /// - every static data member of class T; 4806 /// - every member function of class T 4807 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 4808 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 4809 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 4810 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 4811 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4812 4813 CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 4814 while (Record && Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) 4815 Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getParent()); 4816 if (Record && Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 4817 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 4818 return true; 4819 } 4820 4821 return false; 4822 } 4823 4824 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 4825 /// nested-name-specifier. 4826 /// 4827 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4828 /// 4829 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 4830 /// resolves. 4831 /// 4832 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 4833 /// 4834 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 4835 /// 4836 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 4837 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 4838 DeclarationName Name, 4839 SourceLocation Loc) { 4840 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 4841 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 4842 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 4843 4844 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 4845 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. 4846 // 4847 // class X { 4848 // void X::f(); 4849 // }; 4850 // 4851 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all 4852 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. 4853 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 4854 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4855 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 4856 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 4857 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 4858 SS.clear(); 4859 } else { 4860 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; 4861 } 4862 return false; 4863 } 4864 4865 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 4866 // declaration. 4867 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 4868 if (Cur->isRecord()) 4869 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4870 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4871 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 4872 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 4873 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4874 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 4875 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 4876 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4877 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 4878 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 4879 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4880 else 4881 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 4882 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 4883 4884 return true; 4885 } 4886 4887 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4888 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 4889 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4890 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4891 SS.clear(); 4892 4893 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 4894 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 4895 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 4896 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 4897 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 4898 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 4899 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 4900 return true; 4901 4902 return false; 4903 } 4904 4905 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 4906 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 4907 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 4908 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 4909 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 4910 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 4911 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 4912 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 4913 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 4914 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 4915 4916 return false; 4917 } 4918 4919 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4920 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4921 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4922 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4923 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4924 4925 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 4926 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 4927 if (!Name) { 4928 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 4929 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4930 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 4931 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 4932 return nullptr; 4933 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4934 return nullptr; 4935 4936 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 4937 // we find one that is. 4938 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 4939 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 4940 S = S->getParent(); 4941 4942 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 4943 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 4944 D.setInvalidType(); 4945 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4946 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4947 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 4948 return nullptr; 4949 4950 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4951 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 4952 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { 4953 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 4954 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 4955 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 4956 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 4957 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4958 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 4959 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 4960 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4961 return nullptr; 4962 } 4963 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 4964 4965 if (!IsDependentContext && 4966 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 4967 return nullptr; 4968 4969 // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it. 4970 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 4971 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4972 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 4973 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4974 return nullptr; 4975 } 4976 if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4977 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 4978 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 4979 if (DC->isRecord()) 4980 return nullptr; 4981 4982 D.setInvalidType(); 4983 } 4984 } 4985 4986 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 4987 // declaration in the current instantiation. 4988 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 4989 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 4990 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 4991 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 4992 D.setInvalidType(); 4993 } 4994 } 4995 4996 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 4997 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4998 4999 if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 5000 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 5001 // Just return early; it's safer. If this is a function, let the 5002 // "constructor cannot have a return type" diagnostic handle it. 5003 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 5004 return nullptr; 5005 5006 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 5007 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 5008 D.setInvalidType(); 5009 5010 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 5011 ForRedeclaration); 5012 5013 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 5014 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5015 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 5016 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 5017 5018 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 5019 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 5020 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 5021 // 5022 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 5023 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 5024 // the same name. 5025 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 5026 /* Do nothing*/; 5027 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 5028 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 5029 R->isFunctionType())) { 5030 IsLinkageLookup = true; 5031 CreateBuiltins = 5032 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 5033 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 5034 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 5035 CreateBuiltins = true; 5036 5037 if (IsLinkageLookup) 5038 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 5039 5040 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 5041 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 5042 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 5043 5044 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 5045 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 5046 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 5047 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 5048 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 5049 // thereof; [...] 5050 // 5051 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 5052 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 5053 // we want to match. For example, given: 5054 // 5055 // class X { 5056 // void f(); 5057 // void f(float); 5058 // }; 5059 // 5060 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 5061 // 5062 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 5063 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 5064 // matches. 5065 5066 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 5067 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 5068 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 5069 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 5070 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 5071 } 5072 5073 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 5074 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 5075 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 5076 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 5077 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5078 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 5079 5080 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 5081 Previous.clear(); 5082 } 5083 5084 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 5085 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 5086 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 5087 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 5088 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 5089 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 5090 Previous.clear(); 5091 5092 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 5093 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 5094 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 5095 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 5096 5097 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 5098 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 5099 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 5100 // template, declared in namespace scope 5101 if (!TemplateParamLists.size()) { 5102 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 5103 diag:: err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 5104 return nullptr; 5105 } 5106 5107 if (!DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext()) { 5108 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5109 diag::err_concept_decls_may_only_appear_in_namespace_scope); 5110 return nullptr; 5111 } 5112 } 5113 5114 NamedDecl *New; 5115 5116 bool AddToScope = true; 5117 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 5118 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 5119 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 5120 return nullptr; 5121 } 5122 5123 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 5124 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 5125 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 5126 TemplateParamLists, 5127 AddToScope); 5128 } else { 5129 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 5130 AddToScope); 5131 } 5132 5133 if (!New) 5134 return nullptr; 5135 5136 // If this has an identifier and is not a function template specialization, 5137 // add it to the scope stack. 5138 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope) { 5139 // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first 5140 // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should 5141 // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it. 5142 bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl(); 5143 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext); 5144 if (!AddToContext) 5145 CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New); 5146 } 5147 5148 if (isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext()) 5149 checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(nullptr, New); 5150 5151 return New; 5152 } 5153 5154 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5155 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5156 /// GCC compatibility). 5157 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 5158 ASTContext &Context, 5159 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5160 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5161 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 5162 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 5163 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 5164 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 5165 SizeIsNegative = false; 5166 Oversized = 0; 5167 5168 if (T->isDependentType()) 5169 return QualType(); 5170 5171 QualifierCollector Qs; 5172 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 5173 5174 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 5175 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 5176 QualType FixedType = 5177 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5178 Oversized); 5179 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5180 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 5181 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5182 } 5183 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 5184 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 5185 QualType FixedType = 5186 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5187 Oversized); 5188 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5189 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 5190 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5191 } 5192 5193 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 5194 if (!VLATy) 5195 return QualType(); 5196 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 5197 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 5198 return QualType(); 5199 5200 llvm::APSInt Res; 5201 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 5202 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 5203 return QualType(); 5204 5205 // Check whether the array size is negative. 5206 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 5207 SizeIsNegative = true; 5208 return QualType(); 5209 } 5210 5211 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 5212 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 5213 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 5214 Res); 5215 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 5216 Oversized = Res; 5217 return QualType(); 5218 } 5219 5220 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 5221 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5222 } 5223 5224 static void 5225 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 5226 SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5227 DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5228 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 5229 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 5230 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 5231 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 5232 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 5233 return; 5234 } 5235 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 5236 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 5237 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 5238 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 5239 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 5240 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 5241 return; 5242 } 5243 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5244 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5245 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 5246 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 5247 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 5248 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 5249 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 5250 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 5251 } 5252 5253 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5254 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5255 /// GCC compatibility). 5256 static TypeSourceInfo* 5257 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5258 ASTContext &Context, 5259 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5260 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5261 QualType FixedTy 5262 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 5263 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 5264 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 5265 return nullptr; 5266 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 5267 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 5268 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 5269 return FixedTInfo; 5270 } 5271 5272 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 5273 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 5274 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 5275 /// function-scope declarations. 5276 void 5277 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 5278 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5279 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 5280 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 5281 return; 5282 5283 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 5284 Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND); 5285 } 5286 5287 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 5288 // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)). 5289 auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name); 5290 return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin(); 5291 } 5292 5293 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 5294 /// does not identify a function. 5295 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 5296 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 5297 // confusion for constructs like "virtual int a(), b;" 5298 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 5299 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5300 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 5301 5302 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 5303 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5304 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 5305 5306 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 5307 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 5308 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 5309 } 5310 5311 NamedDecl* 5312 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 5313 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 5314 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5315 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5316 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 5317 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5318 D.setInvalidType(); 5319 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 5320 DC = CurContext; 5321 Previous.clear(); 5322 } 5323 5324 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5325 5326 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 5327 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 5328 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 5329 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5330 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 5331 << 1; 5332 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) 5333 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 5334 diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 5335 5336 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 5337 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 5338 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 5339 return nullptr; 5340 } 5341 5342 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 5343 if (!NewTD) return nullptr; 5344 5345 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5346 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 5347 5348 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 5349 5350 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 5351 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 5352 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 5353 return ND; 5354 } 5355 5356 void 5357 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 5358 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 5359 // then it shall have block scope. 5360 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 5361 // that redeclarations will match. 5362 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5363 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5364 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5365 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5366 5367 if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5368 bool SizeIsNegative; 5369 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 5370 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 5371 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 5372 SizeIsNegative, 5373 Oversized); 5374 if (FixedTInfo) { 5375 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 5376 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 5377 } else { 5378 if (SizeIsNegative) 5379 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 5380 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 5381 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 5382 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 5383 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 5384 << Oversized.toString(10); 5385 else 5386 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 5387 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 5388 } 5389 } 5390 } 5391 } 5392 5393 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 5394 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 5395 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 5396 NamedDecl* 5397 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 5398 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 5399 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 5400 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 5401 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, 5402 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); 5403 filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous); 5404 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5405 Redeclaration = true; 5406 MergeTypedefNameDecl(S, NewTD, Previous); 5407 } 5408 5409 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 5410 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 5411 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 5412 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5413 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 5414 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 5415 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 5416 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5417 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 5418 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5419 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 5420 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 5421 } 5422 5423 return NewTD; 5424 } 5425 5426 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 5427 /// previous declaration. 5428 /// 5429 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 5430 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 5431 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 5432 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 5433 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 5434 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 5435 /// 5436 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 5437 /// lookup 5438 /// 5439 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 5440 /// declared. 5441 /// 5442 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 5443 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 5444 static bool 5445 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 5446 ASTContext &Context) { 5447 if (!PrevDecl) 5448 return false; 5449 5450 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 5451 return false; 5452 5453 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5454 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 5455 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 5456 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 5457 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 5458 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 5459 // linkage of the previous declaration. 5460 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 5461 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5462 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 5463 return false; 5464 5465 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 5466 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 5467 // We found a member function: ignore it. 5468 return false; 5469 5470 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 5471 // previous declarations. 5472 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5473 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5474 5475 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 5476 // isn't the same function. 5477 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 5478 return false; 5479 } 5480 5481 return true; 5482 } 5483 5484 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 5485 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5486 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 5487 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 5488 } 5489 5490 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 5491 QualType type = decl->getType(); 5492 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 5493 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 5494 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 5495 unsigned kind = -1U; 5496 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5497 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5498 kind = 0; // __block 5499 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 5500 kind = 1; // global 5501 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 5502 kind = 3; // ivar 5503 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 5504 kind = 2; // field 5505 } 5506 5507 if (kind != -1U) { 5508 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 5509 << kind; 5510 } 5511 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 5512 // Try to infer lifetime. 5513 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 5514 return false; 5515 5516 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 5517 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 5518 decl->setType(type); 5519 } 5520 5521 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5522 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 5523 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 5524 var->getTLSKind()) { 5525 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 5526 << var->getType(); 5527 return true; 5528 } 5529 } 5530 5531 return false; 5532 } 5533 5534 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 5535 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache 5536 // the wrong linkage. 5537 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); 5538 5539 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 5540 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 5541 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5542 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 5543 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 5544 } 5545 } 5546 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 5547 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5548 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 5549 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 5550 ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5551 } 5552 } 5553 5554 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) { 5555 if (VD->hasInit()) { 5556 if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 5557 assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 5558 !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!"); 5559 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD << 0; 5560 VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5561 } 5562 } 5563 } 5564 5565 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations. 5566 // It does not apply to functions. 5567 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 5568 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5569 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), 5570 diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 5571 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 5572 } 5573 } 5574 5575 if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) { 5576 // dll attributes require external linkage. Static locals may have external 5577 // linkage but still cannot be explicitly imported or exported. 5578 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND); 5579 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible() || (VD && VD->isStaticLocal())) { 5580 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 5581 << &ND << Attr; 5582 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 5583 } 5584 } 5585 5586 // Virtual functions cannot be marked as 'notail'. 5587 if (auto *Attr = ND.getAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>()) 5588 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(&ND)) 5589 if (MD->isVirtual()) { 5590 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), 5591 diag::err_invalid_attribute_on_virtual_function) 5592 << Attr; 5593 ND.dropAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>(); 5594 } 5595 } 5596 5597 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl, 5598 NamedDecl *NewDecl, 5599 bool IsSpecialization, 5600 bool IsDefinition) { 5601 if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 5602 OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5603 if (!IsSpecialization) 5604 IsDefinition = false; 5605 } 5606 if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) 5607 NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5608 5609 if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl) 5610 return; 5611 5612 const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5613 const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5614 const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5615 const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5616 5617 // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude 5618 // inherited attribute instances. 5619 bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) || 5620 (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited()); 5621 5622 // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute, 5623 // the only exception being explicit specializations. 5624 // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there 5625 // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport. 5626 bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr; 5627 5628 if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) { 5629 // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables. 5630 bool JustWarn = false; 5631 if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) { 5632 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl); 5633 if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 5634 JustWarn = true; 5635 auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 5636 if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate) 5637 JustWarn = true; 5638 } 5639 5640 // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already 5641 // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo 5642 // address equality) as they can use the thunk. 5643 if (OldDecl->isUsed()) 5644 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr) 5645 JustWarn = false; 5646 5647 unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration 5648 : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration; 5649 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID) 5650 << NewDecl 5651 << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr); 5652 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5653 if (!JustWarn) { 5654 NewDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5655 return; 5656 } 5657 } 5658 5659 // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only 5660 // exceptions being inline function definitions, local extern declarations, 5661 // qualified friend declarations or special MSVC extension: in the last case, 5662 // the declaration is treated as if it were marked dllexport. 5663 bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false; 5664 bool IsMicrosoft = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft(); 5665 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5666 // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed 5667 // separately. 5668 IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember(); 5669 IsDefinition = VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(S.Context) != 5670 VarDecl::DeclarationOnly; 5671 } else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5672 IsInline = FD->isInlined(); 5673 IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() && 5674 FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared; 5675 } 5676 5677 if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember && 5678 !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) { 5679 if (IsMicrosoft && IsDefinition) { 5680 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5681 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_import_attribute) 5682 << NewDecl; 5683 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5684 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5685 NewDecl->addAttr(::new (S.Context) DLLExportAttr( 5686 NewImportAttr->getRange(), S.Context, 5687 NewImportAttr->getSpellingListIndex())); 5688 } else { 5689 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5690 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 5691 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5692 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5693 S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute); 5694 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5695 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5696 } 5697 } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && !IsMicrosoft) { 5698 // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport attribute. 5699 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5700 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5701 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5702 diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function) 5703 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5704 } 5705 } 5706 5707 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 5708 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 5709 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 5710 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 5711 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 5712 5713 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 5714 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 5715 5716 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 5717 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 5718 return false; 5719 5720 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 5721 5722 #ifndef NDEBUG 5723 // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function 5724 // definition. We don't really have a way to tell it that we're 5725 // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts 5726 // builds. This is an awful hack. 5727 FD->setLazyBody(1); 5728 #endif 5729 5730 bool isC99Inline = 5731 S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally; 5732 5733 #ifndef NDEBUG 5734 FD->setLazyBody(0); 5735 #endif 5736 5737 return isC99Inline; 5738 } 5739 5740 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 5741 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 5742 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 5743 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 5744 /// 5745 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 5746 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 5747 /// 5748 /// For instance: 5749 /// 5750 /// auto x = []{}; 5751 /// 5752 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 5753 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 5754 /// 5755 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 5756 template<typename T> 5757 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 5758 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5759 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 5760 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 5761 return false; 5762 5763 // So do CUDA's host/device attributes. 5764 if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && (D->template hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 5765 D->template hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>())) 5766 return false; 5767 } 5768 return D->isExternC(); 5769 } 5770 5771 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 5772 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5773 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC)) 5774 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 5775 if (DC->isFileContext()) 5776 return true; 5777 if (DC->isRecord()) 5778 return false; 5779 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5780 } 5781 5782 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 5783 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5784 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || 5785 isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC)) 5786 return true; 5787 if (DC->isRecord()) 5788 return false; 5789 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5790 } 5791 5792 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList, 5793 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5794 for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext()) 5795 if (L->getKind() == Kind) 5796 return true; 5797 return false; 5798 } 5799 5800 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD, 5801 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5802 // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec. 5803 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind)) 5804 return true; 5805 5806 // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type 5807 // position to the decl itself. 5808 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 5809 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind)) 5810 return true; 5811 } 5812 5813 // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself. 5814 return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind); 5815 } 5816 5817 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 5818 /// function-local external declaration. 5819 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 5820 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5821 return false; 5822 5823 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 5824 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 5825 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 5826 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 5827 return true; 5828 5829 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 5830 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 5831 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 5832 // innermost enclosing namespace. 5833 // 5834 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 5835 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 5836 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 5837 DC = DC->getParent(); 5838 return true; 5839 } 5840 5841 /// \brief Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage. 5842 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) { 5843 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 5844 return FD->isExternC(); 5845 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 5846 return VD->isExternC(); 5847 5848 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!"); 5849 } 5850 5851 NamedDecl * 5852 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 5853 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 5854 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5855 bool &AddToScope) { 5856 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5857 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 5858 5859 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.b - Image type can only be used as a function argument. 5860 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16.1 - Pipe type can only be used as a function 5861 // argument. 5862 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && (R->isImageType() || R->isPipeType())) { 5863 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5864 diag::err_opencl_type_can_only_be_used_as_function_parameter) 5865 << R; 5866 D.setInvalidType(); 5867 return nullptr; 5868 } 5869 5870 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 5871 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 5872 5873 // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We 5874 // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext. 5875 if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() && 5876 hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) && 5877 !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport)) 5878 SC = SC_Extern; 5879 5880 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 5881 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 5882 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 5883 5884 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5885 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. 5886 QualType NR = R; 5887 while (NR->isPointerType()) { 5888 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) { 5889 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable); 5890 D.setInvalidType(); 5891 break; 5892 } 5893 NR = NR->getPointeeType(); 5894 } 5895 5896 if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) { 5897 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 5898 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 5899 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 5900 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 5901 D.setInvalidType(); 5902 } 5903 } 5904 } 5905 5906 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 5907 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 5908 // an error here 5909 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 5910 D.setInvalidType(); 5911 SC = SC_None; 5912 } 5913 5914 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 5915 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 5916 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 5917 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 5918 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 5919 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 5920 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5921 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z ? diag::ext_register_storage_class 5922 : diag::warn_deprecated_register) 5923 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5924 } 5925 5926 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 5927 if (!II) { 5928 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 5929 << Name; 5930 return nullptr; 5931 } 5932 5933 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5934 5935 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5936 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 5937 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 5938 // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support. 5939 if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) { 5940 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 5941 D.setInvalidType(); 5942 } 5943 } 5944 5945 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5946 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 5947 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 5948 // space qualifiers. 5949 if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 5950 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) { 5951 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 5952 } 5953 5954 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r: 5955 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 5956 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 5957 // address space qualifiers. 5958 if (R->isEventT()) { 5959 if (S->getParent() == nullptr) { 5960 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var); 5961 D.setInvalidType(); 5962 } 5963 5964 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 5965 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 5966 D.setInvalidType(); 5967 } 5968 } 5969 } 5970 5971 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false; 5972 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 5973 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 5974 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 5975 VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr; 5976 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr; 5977 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr; 5978 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5979 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5980 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 5981 R, TInfo, SC); 5982 5983 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 5984 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 5985 5986 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5987 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5988 } else { 5989 bool Invalid = false; 5990 5991 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 5992 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 5993 switch (SC) { 5994 case SC_None: 5995 break; 5996 case SC_Static: 5997 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5998 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 5999 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6000 break; 6001 case SC_Auto: 6002 case SC_Register: 6003 case SC_Extern: 6004 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 6005 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 6006 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 6007 // of class members 6008 6009 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6010 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 6011 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6012 break; 6013 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6014 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 6015 } 6016 } 6017 6018 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 6019 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 6020 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 6021 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6022 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 6023 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 6024 6025 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 6026 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 6027 if (RD->isUnion()) 6028 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6029 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 6030 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 6031 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 6032 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 6033 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 6034 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6035 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 6036 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 6037 } 6038 } 6039 6040 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 6041 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 6042 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 6043 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6044 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 6045 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 6046 ? D.getName().TemplateId 6047 : nullptr, 6048 TemplateParamLists, 6049 /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid); 6050 6051 if (TemplateParams) { 6052 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 6053 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6054 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 6055 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 6056 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 6057 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 6058 << II 6059 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 6060 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 6061 TemplateParams = nullptr; 6062 } else { 6063 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6064 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 6065 // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here. 6066 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 6067 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 6068 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 6069 // This is a template declaration. 6070 IsVariableTemplate = true; 6071 6072 // Check that we can declare a template here. 6073 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 6074 return nullptr; 6075 6076 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 6077 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6078 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 6079 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 6080 : diag::ext_variable_template); 6081 } 6082 } 6083 } else { 6084 assert( 6085 (Invalid || D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) && 6086 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 6087 } 6088 6089 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 6090 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 6091 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 6092 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 6093 : SourceLocation(); 6094 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 6095 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 6096 IsPartialSpecialization); 6097 if (Res.isInvalid()) 6098 return nullptr; 6099 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 6100 AddToScope = false; 6101 } else 6102 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 6103 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 6104 6105 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 6106 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 6107 NewTemplate = 6108 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 6109 TemplateParams, NewVD); 6110 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 6111 } 6112 6113 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 6114 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 6115 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 6116 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 6117 6118 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 6119 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6120 if (NewTemplate) 6121 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6122 } 6123 6124 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 6125 6126 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to 6127 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. 6128 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; 6129 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) 6130 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 6131 Context, TemplateParamLists.drop_back(VDTemplateParamLists)); 6132 6133 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) { 6134 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 6135 // C++1z [dcl.spec.constexpr]p1: 6136 // A static data member declared with the constexpr specifier is 6137 // implicitly an inline variable. 6138 if (NewVD->isStaticDataMember() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z) 6139 NewVD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6140 } 6141 6142 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 6143 if (VarTemplateDecl *VTD = NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 6144 VTD->setConcept(); 6145 6146 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not 6147 // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr 6148 // specifiers, [...] 6149 if (D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec() == TSCS_thread_local) { 6150 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6151 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 6152 << 0 << 0; 6153 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6154 } 6155 6156 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) { 6157 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 6158 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 6159 << 0 << 3; 6160 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6161 } 6162 6163 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 6164 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 6165 // template, declared in namespace scope. 6166 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 6167 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 6168 diag::err_concept_specified_specialization) 6169 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 2 : 1); 6170 } 6171 6172 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p6: A variable concept has the 6173 // following restrictions: 6174 // - The declared type shall have the type bool. 6175 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewVD->getType(), Context.BoolTy) && 6176 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6177 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_variable_concept_bool_decl); 6178 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6179 } 6180 } 6181 } 6182 6183 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) { 6184 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6185 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope variable declaration. 6186 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6187 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 6188 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 6189 } else { 6190 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6191 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z ? diag::warn_cxx14_compat_inline_variable 6192 : diag::ext_inline_variable); 6193 NewVD->setInlineSpecified(); 6194 } 6195 } 6196 6197 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 6198 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 6199 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6200 if (NewTemplate) 6201 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6202 6203 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 6204 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 6205 6206 bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false; 6207 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 6208 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 6209 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 6210 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 6211 // explicitly. 6212 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 6213 // 'extern'. 6214 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && 6215 (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified || 6216 TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local || 6217 !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())) 6218 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6219 diag::err_thread_non_global) 6220 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 6221 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) { 6222 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 6223 // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to 6224 // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the 6225 // error should be ignored. 6226 EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true; 6227 // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with 6228 // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going 6229 // to emit any code for it. 6230 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6231 } else 6232 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6233 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6234 } else 6235 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6236 } 6237 6238 // C99 6.7.4p3 6239 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 6240 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 6241 // thread storage duration... 6242 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 6243 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 6244 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 6245 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 6246 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 6247 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6248 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 6249 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 6250 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 6251 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6252 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 6253 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 6254 } 6255 } 6256 6257 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 6258 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6259 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6260 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 6261 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 6262 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6263 else if (IsExplicitSpecialization) 6264 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6265 << 2 6266 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6267 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 6268 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 6269 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 6270 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 6271 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6272 else { 6273 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 6274 if (NewTemplate) 6275 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 6276 } 6277 } 6278 6279 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 6280 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 6281 6282 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 6283 if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) 6284 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6285 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6286 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 6287 // storage [duration]." 6288 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6289 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 6290 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 6291 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 6292 } 6293 } 6294 6295 // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as 6296 // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can 6297 // check the VarDecl itself. 6298 assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() || 6299 NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() || 6300 NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None); 6301 6302 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 6303 // retainable type. 6304 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 6305 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6306 6307 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 6308 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 6309 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 6310 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 6311 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 6312 if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) { 6313 switch (SC) { 6314 case SC_None: 6315 case SC_Auto: 6316 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 6317 break; 6318 case SC_Register: 6319 // Local Named register 6320 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) && 6321 DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), getCurFunctionDecl())) 6322 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6323 break; 6324 case SC_Static: 6325 case SC_Extern: 6326 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6327 break; 6328 } 6329 } else if (SC == SC_Register) { 6330 // Global Named register 6331 if (DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) { 6332 const auto &TI = Context.getTargetInfo(); 6333 bool HasSizeMismatch; 6334 6335 if (!TI.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 6336 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6337 else if (!TI.validateGlobalRegisterVariable(Label, 6338 Context.getTypeSize(R), 6339 HasSizeMismatch)) 6340 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_invalid_global_var_reg) << Label; 6341 else if (HasSizeMismatch) 6342 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_register_size_mismatch) << Label; 6343 } 6344 6345 if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) { 6346 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type); 6347 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6348 } 6349 } 6350 6351 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 6352 Context, Label, 0)); 6353 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 6354 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 6355 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 6356 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 6357 if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) { 6358 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 6359 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 6360 } else 6361 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 6362 << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD; 6363 } 6364 } 6365 6366 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 6367 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty()) 6368 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 6369 6370 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 6371 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 6372 // declaration has linkage). 6373 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 6374 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 6375 IsExplicitSpecialization || 6376 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 6377 6378 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 6379 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 6380 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 6381 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 6382 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 6383 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 6384 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 6385 6386 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6387 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6388 } else { 6389 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. 6390 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6391 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 6392 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6393 6394 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 6395 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6396 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 6397 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 6398 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6399 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 6400 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6401 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 6402 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6403 Previous.clear(); 6404 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6405 } 6406 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6407 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 6408 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 6409 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 6410 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6411 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6412 } 6413 6414 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6415 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6416 6417 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p7: A program shall not declare [...] 6418 // an explicit specialization (14.8.3) or a partial specialization of a 6419 // concept definition. 6420 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization && 6421 !D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified() && !Previous.empty() && 6422 Previous.isSingleResult()) { 6423 NamedDecl *PreviousDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 6424 if (VarTemplateDecl *VarTmpl = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(PreviousDecl)) { 6425 if (VarTmpl->isConcept()) { 6426 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_concept_specialized) 6427 << 1 /*variable*/ 6428 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 2 /*partially specialized*/ 6429 : 1 /*explicitly specialized*/); 6430 Diag(VarTmpl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6431 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6432 } 6433 } 6434 } 6435 6436 if (NewTemplate) { 6437 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 6438 NewVD->getPreviousDecl() 6439 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() 6440 : nullptr; 6441 6442 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 6443 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 6444 // template declaration. 6445 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 6446 TemplateParams, 6447 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 6448 : nullptr, 6449 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 6450 DC->isDependentContext()) 6451 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 6452 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 6453 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6454 6455 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 6456 // template, make a note of that. 6457 if (PrevVarTemplate && 6458 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 6459 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 6460 } 6461 } 6462 6463 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 6464 6465 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 6466 // the map of such variables. 6467 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6468 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 6469 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 6470 6471 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6472 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 6473 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 6474 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 6475 Context.setManglingNumber( 6476 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 6477 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 6478 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 6479 } 6480 } 6481 6482 // Special handling of variable named 'main'. 6483 if (Name.isIdentifier() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("main") && 6484 NewVD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 6485 !getLangOpts().Freestanding && !NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 6486 6487 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3 6488 // A program that declares a variable main at global scope is ill-formed. 6489 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6490 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_main_global_variable); 6491 6492 // In C, and external-linkage variable named main results in undefined 6493 // behavior. 6494 else if (NewVD->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) 6495 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::warn_main_redefined); 6496 } 6497 6498 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 6499 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 6500 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD, 6501 IsExplicitSpecialization, D.isFunctionDefinition()); 6502 } 6503 6504 if (NewTemplate) { 6505 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6506 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6507 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 6508 return NewTemplate; 6509 } 6510 6511 return NewVD; 6512 } 6513 6514 /// Enum describing the %select options in diag::warn_decl_shadow. 6515 enum ShadowedDeclKind { SDK_Local, SDK_Global, SDK_StaticMember, SDK_Field }; 6516 6517 /// Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 6518 static ShadowedDeclKind computeShadowedDeclKind(const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl, 6519 const DeclContext *OldDC) { 6520 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) 6521 return isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? SDK_Field : SDK_StaticMember; 6522 return OldDC->isFileContext() ? SDK_Global : SDK_Local; 6523 } 6524 6525 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 6526 /// -Wshadow. 6527 /// 6528 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 6529 /// scope. 6530 /// 6531 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 6532 /// \param R the lookup of the name 6533 /// 6534 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 6535 // Return if warning is ignored. 6536 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc())) 6537 return; 6538 6539 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 6540 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 6541 return; 6542 6543 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 6544 6545 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 6546 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 6547 return; 6548 6549 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 6550 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6551 return; 6552 6553 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) { 6554 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 6555 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 6556 if (MD->isStatic()) 6557 return; 6558 6559 // Fields shadowed by constructor parameters are a special case. Usually 6560 // the constructor initializes the field with the parameter. 6561 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewDC) && isa<ParmVarDecl>(D)) { 6562 // Remember that this was shadowed so we can either warn about its 6563 // modification or its existence depending on warning settings. 6564 D = D->getCanonicalDecl(); 6565 ShadowingDecls.insert({D, FD}); 6566 return; 6567 } 6568 } 6569 6570 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6571 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 6572 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 6573 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 6574 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) 6575 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 6576 ShadowedDecl = I; 6577 break; 6578 } 6579 } 6580 6581 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 6582 6583 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 6584 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 6585 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 6586 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 6587 return; 6588 6589 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 6590 // static data members from base classes? 6591 6592 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 6593 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 6594 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 6595 } 6596 6597 6598 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 6599 6600 // Emit warning and note. 6601 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) 6602 return; 6603 ShadowedDeclKind Kind = computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC); 6604 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 6605 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6606 } 6607 6608 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 6609 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 6610 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation())) 6611 return; 6612 6613 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 6614 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6615 LookupName(R, S); 6616 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 6617 } 6618 6619 /// Check if 'E', which is an expression that is about to be modified, refers 6620 /// to a constructor parameter that shadows a field. 6621 void Sema::CheckShadowingDeclModification(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) { 6622 // Quickly ignore expressions that can't be shadowing ctor parameters. 6623 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || ShadowingDecls.empty()) 6624 return; 6625 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6626 auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E); 6627 if (!DRE) 6628 return; 6629 const NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); 6630 auto I = ShadowingDecls.find(D); 6631 if (I == ShadowingDecls.end()) 6632 return; 6633 const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = I->second; 6634 const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 6635 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_modifying_shadowing_decl) << D << OldDC; 6636 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_var_declared_here) << D; 6637 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6638 6639 // Avoid issuing multiple warnings about the same decl. 6640 ShadowingDecls.erase(I); 6641 } 6642 6643 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 6644 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 6645 template<typename T> 6646 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 6647 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 6648 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 6649 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 6650 6651 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6652 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 6653 // declaration. 6654 return false; 6655 } 6656 6657 if (Prev) { 6658 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6659 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 6660 // redeclaration. 6661 Previous.clear(); 6662 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6663 return true; 6664 } 6665 6666 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 6667 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 6668 // declaration. 6669 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 6670 return false; 6671 } else { 6672 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 6673 // translation unit which might conflict. 6674 if (IsGlobal) { 6675 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 6676 IsGlobal = false; 6677 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6678 I != E; ++I) { 6679 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6680 Prev = *I; 6681 break; 6682 } 6683 } 6684 } else { 6685 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 6686 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 6687 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 6688 I != E; ++I) { 6689 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6690 Prev = *I; 6691 break; 6692 } 6693 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 6694 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 6695 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 6696 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 6697 // diagnostic. 6698 } 6699 } 6700 6701 if (!Prev) 6702 return false; 6703 } 6704 6705 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 6706 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 6707 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 6708 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 6709 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 6710 else 6711 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 6712 6713 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 6714 << IsGlobal << ND; 6715 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 6716 << IsGlobal; 6717 return false; 6718 } 6719 6720 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 6721 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 6722 /// 6723 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 6724 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 6725 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 6726 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 6727 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 6728 template<typename T> 6729 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 6730 LookupResult &Previous) { 6731 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6732 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 6733 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 6734 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 6735 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 6736 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 6737 Previous.clear(); 6738 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6739 return true; 6740 } 6741 } 6742 return false; 6743 } 6744 6745 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 6746 // declaration. 6747 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 6748 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 6749 6750 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 6751 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 6752 // in another scope. 6753 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 6754 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 6755 6756 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 6757 return false; 6758 } 6759 6760 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 6761 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6762 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6763 return; 6764 6765 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 6766 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6767 6768 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 6769 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 6770 return; 6771 6772 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 6773 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 6774 6775 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 6776 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 6777 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 6778 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 6779 NewVD->setType(T); 6780 } 6781 6782 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 6783 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 6784 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 6785 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 6786 if (!getLangOpts().OpenCL 6787 && NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 6788 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 6789 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6790 return; 6791 } 6792 6793 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 - The static qualifier is valid only in program 6794 // scope. 6795 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 120 && 6796 !getOpenCLOptions().cl_clang_storage_class_specifiers && 6797 NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6798 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 6799 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6800 return; 6801 } 6802 6803 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 6804 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The __block storage type is not supported. 6805 if (NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6806 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_block_storage_type); 6807 return; 6808 } 6809 6810 if (T->isBlockPointerType()) { 6811 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Any block declaration must be const qualified and 6812 // can't use 'extern' storage class. 6813 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 6814 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) 6815 << 0 /*const*/; 6816 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6817 return; 6818 } 6819 if (NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 6820 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_extern_block_declaration); 6821 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6822 return; 6823 } 6824 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Blocks with variadic arguments are not supported. 6825 // TODO: this check is not enough as it doesn't diagnose the typedef 6826 const BlockPointerType *BlkTy = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>(); 6827 const FunctionProtoType *FTy = 6828 BlkTy->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 6829 if (FTy && FTy->isVariadic()) { 6830 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_block_proto_variadic) 6831 << T << NewVD->getSourceRange(); 6832 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6833 return; 6834 } 6835 } 6836 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 6837 // __constant address space. 6838 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.1 - Variables defined at program scope and static 6839 // variables inside a function can also be declared in the global 6840 // address space. 6841 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl() || NewVD->isStaticLocal() || 6842 NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 6843 if (!T->isSamplerT() && 6844 !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 6845 (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global && 6846 getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200))) { 6847 int Scope = NewVD->isStaticLocal() | NewVD->hasExternalStorage() << 1; 6848 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200) 6849 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 6850 << Scope << "global or constant"; 6851 else 6852 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 6853 << Scope << "constant"; 6854 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6855 return; 6856 } 6857 } else { 6858 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) { 6859 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 6860 << 1 /*is any function*/ << "global"; 6861 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6862 return; 6863 } 6864 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3 no local or constant variables 6865 // in functions. 6866 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 6867 T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 6868 FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 6869 if (FD && !FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 6870 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) 6871 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 6872 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "constant"; 6873 else 6874 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 6875 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "local"; 6876 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6877 return; 6878 } 6879 } 6880 } 6881 } 6882 6883 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 6884 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6885 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 6886 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 6887 else { 6888 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 6889 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 6890 } 6891 } 6892 6893 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 6894 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 6895 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 6896 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6897 6898 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 6899 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 6900 bool SizeIsNegative; 6901 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 6902 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 6903 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 6904 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 6905 if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 6906 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 6907 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 6908 // int a[10][n]; 6909 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 6910 6911 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6912 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 6913 << SizeRange; 6914 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 6915 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 6916 << SizeRange; 6917 else 6918 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 6919 << SizeRange; 6920 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6921 return; 6922 } 6923 6924 if (!FixedTInfo) { 6925 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6926 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 6927 else 6928 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 6929 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6930 return; 6931 } 6932 6933 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 6934 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 6935 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 6936 } 6937 6938 if (T->isVoidType()) { 6939 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 6940 // of objects and functions. 6941 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6942 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 6943 << T; 6944 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6945 return; 6946 } 6947 } 6948 6949 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6950 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 6951 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6952 return; 6953 } 6954 6955 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6956 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 6957 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6958 return; 6959 } 6960 6961 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 6962 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 6963 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 6964 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6965 return; 6966 } 6967 } 6968 6969 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 6970 /// declaration. 6971 /// 6972 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 6973 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 6974 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 6975 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 6976 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 6977 /// 6978 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 6979 /// 6980 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 6981 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 6982 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 6983 6984 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6985 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6986 return false; 6987 6988 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 6989 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 6990 if (Previous.empty() && 6991 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 6992 Previous.setShadowed(); 6993 6994 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6995 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 6996 return true; 6997 } 6998 return false; 6999 } 7000 7001 namespace { 7002 struct FindOverriddenMethod { 7003 Sema *S; 7004 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 7005 7006 /// Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 7007 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 7008 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 7009 bool operator()(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) { 7010 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = 7011 Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7012 7013 DeclarationName Name = Method->getDeclName(); 7014 7015 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 7016 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7017 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 7018 QualType T = S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 7019 CanQualType CT = S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 7020 7021 Name = S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 7022 } 7023 7024 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); !Path.Decls.empty(); 7025 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 7026 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 7027 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 7028 if (MD->isVirtual() && !S->IsOverload(Method, MD, false)) 7029 return true; 7030 } 7031 } 7032 7033 return false; 7034 } 7035 }; 7036 7037 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 7038 } // end anonymous namespace 7039 7040 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 7041 /// overriden methods. 7042 /// 7043 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 7044 /// \param MD the overriding method. 7045 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 7046 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 7047 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 7048 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 7049 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 7050 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 7051 I != E; ++I) { 7052 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 7053 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 7054 // out the diag loop 3 times. 7055 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 7056 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 7057 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 7058 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 7059 } 7060 } 7061 7062 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 7063 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 7064 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 7065 // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override. 7066 CXXBasePaths Paths; 7067 FindOverriddenMethod FOM; 7068 FOM.Method = MD; 7069 FOM.S = this; 7070 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 7071 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 7072 bool AddedAny = false; 7073 if (DC->lookupInBases(FOM, Paths)) { 7074 for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) { 7075 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) { 7076 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 7077 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 7078 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 7079 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 7080 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 7081 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 7082 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 7083 AddedAny = true; 7084 } 7085 } 7086 } 7087 } 7088 7089 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 7090 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 7091 } 7092 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 7093 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 7094 } 7095 7096 return AddedAny; 7097 } 7098 7099 namespace { 7100 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 7101 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 7102 struct ActOnFDArgs { 7103 Scope *S; 7104 Declarator &D; 7105 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 7106 bool AddToScope; 7107 }; 7108 } // end anonymous namespace 7109 7110 namespace { 7111 7112 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 7113 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 7114 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 7115 public: 7116 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 7117 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 7118 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 7119 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {} 7120 7121 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 7122 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 7123 return false; 7124 7125 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 7126 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 7127 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 7128 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 7129 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 7130 7131 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 7132 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7133 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 7134 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 7135 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 7136 return true; 7137 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 7138 return true; 7139 } 7140 } 7141 } 7142 7143 return false; 7144 } 7145 7146 private: 7147 ASTContext &Context; 7148 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 7149 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 7150 }; 7151 7152 } // end anonymous namespace 7153 7154 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 7155 /// 7156 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 7157 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 7158 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 7159 /// the same name. 7160 /// 7161 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 7162 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 7163 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7164 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 7165 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 7166 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 7167 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 7168 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 7169 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 7170 TypoCorrection Correction; 7171 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 7172 unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 7173 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 7174 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 7175 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 7176 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 7177 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 7178 7179 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7180 if (IsLocalFriend) 7181 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 7182 else 7183 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 7184 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 7185 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 7186 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 7187 if (!Prev.empty()) { 7188 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 7189 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 7190 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 7191 if (FD && 7192 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7193 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 7194 // involve a parameter 7195 unsigned ParamNum = 7196 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 7197 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 7198 } 7199 } 7200 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 7201 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 7202 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 7203 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 7204 llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>( 7205 SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr), 7206 Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) { 7207 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 7208 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 7209 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7210 Previous.clear(); 7211 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 7212 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 7213 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 7214 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 7215 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 7216 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 7217 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7218 Previous.addDecl(FD); 7219 } 7220 } 7221 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 7222 7223 NamedDecl *Result; 7224 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 7225 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 7226 { 7227 // Trap errors. 7228 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 7229 7230 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 7231 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 7232 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 7233 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 7234 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 7235 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 7236 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 7237 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 7238 7239 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 7240 Result = nullptr; 7241 } 7242 7243 if (Result) { 7244 // Determine which correction we picked. 7245 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 7246 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 7247 I != E; ++I) 7248 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 7249 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 7250 7251 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 7252 Correction, 7253 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 7254 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 7255 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 7256 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 7257 return Result; 7258 } 7259 7260 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 7261 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 7262 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7263 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 7264 Previous.clear(); 7265 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 7266 } 7267 7268 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 7269 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 7270 7271 bool NewFDisConst = false; 7272 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 7273 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 7274 7275 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 7276 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 7277 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 7278 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 7279 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 7280 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 7281 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 7282 7283 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 7284 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 7285 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 7286 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 7287 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 7288 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 7289 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 7290 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 7291 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 7292 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 7293 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 7294 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7295 } else 7296 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 7297 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 7298 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 7299 } 7300 return nullptr; 7301 } 7302 7303 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) { 7304 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 7305 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 7306 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 7307 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 7308 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 7309 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7310 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 7311 D.setInvalidType(); 7312 break; 7313 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 7314 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 7315 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 7316 return SC_None; 7317 return SC_Extern; 7318 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 7319 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7320 // C99 6.7.1p5: 7321 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 7322 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 7323 // other than extern 7324 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 7325 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7326 diag::err_static_block_func); 7327 break; 7328 } else 7329 return SC_Static; 7330 } 7331 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 7332 } 7333 7334 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 7335 return SC_None; 7336 } 7337 7338 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 7339 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 7340 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7341 StorageClass SC, 7342 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 7343 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7344 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7345 7346 FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr; 7347 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7348 7349 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7350 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7351 // prototype. This true when: 7352 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 7353 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 7354 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 7355 bool HasPrototype = 7356 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 7357 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 7358 7359 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7360 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 7361 TInfo, SC, isInline, 7362 HasPrototype, false); 7363 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7364 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7365 7366 return NewFD; 7367 } 7368 7369 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7370 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7371 7372 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 7373 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 7374 // the class has been completely parsed. 7375 if (!DC->isRecord() && 7376 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( 7377 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), 7378 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 7379 D.setInvalidType(); 7380 7381 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 7382 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 7383 assert(DC->isRecord() && 7384 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 7385 7386 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7387 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7388 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 7389 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 7390 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 7391 isConstexpr); 7392 7393 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7394 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 7395 if (DC->isRecord()) { 7396 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7397 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 7398 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 7399 SemaRef.Context, Record, 7400 D.getLocStart(), 7401 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 7402 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 7403 7404 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 7405 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 7406 // it yet. 7407 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 7408 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 7409 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 7410 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 7411 } 7412 7413 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7414 return NewDD; 7415 7416 } else { 7417 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 7418 D.setInvalidType(); 7419 7420 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 7421 // code path. 7422 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7423 D.getLocStart(), 7424 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 7425 SC, isInline, 7426 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 7427 } 7428 7429 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 7430 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 7431 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7432 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 7433 return nullptr; 7434 } 7435 7436 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7437 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7438 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7439 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 7440 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 7441 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 7442 7443 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 7444 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 7445 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 7446 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 7447 // constructor if it has no return type). 7448 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 7449 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 7450 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 7451 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 7452 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7453 return nullptr; 7454 } 7455 7456 // This is a C++ method declaration. 7457 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 7458 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7459 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 7460 TInfo, SC, isInline, 7461 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 7462 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 7463 return Ret; 7464 } else { 7465 bool isFriend = 7466 SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7467 if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord()) 7468 return nullptr; 7469 7470 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7471 // prototype. This true when: 7472 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 7473 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7474 D.getLocStart(), 7475 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 7476 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 7477 } 7478 } 7479 7480 enum OpenCLParamType { 7481 ValidKernelParam, 7482 PtrPtrKernelParam, 7483 PtrKernelParam, 7484 PrivatePtrKernelParam, 7485 InvalidKernelParam, 7486 RecordKernelParam 7487 }; 7488 7489 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) { 7490 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 7491 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 7492 if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) 7493 return PtrPtrKernelParam; 7494 return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam 7495 : PtrKernelParam; 7496 } 7497 7498 // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can 7499 // be used as builtin types. 7500 7501 if (PT->isImageType()) 7502 return PtrKernelParam; 7503 7504 if (PT->isBooleanType()) 7505 return InvalidKernelParam; 7506 7507 if (PT->isEventT()) 7508 return InvalidKernelParam; 7509 7510 if (PT->isHalfType()) 7511 return InvalidKernelParam; 7512 7513 if (PT->isRecordType()) 7514 return RecordKernelParam; 7515 7516 return ValidKernelParam; 7517 } 7518 7519 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 7520 Sema &S, 7521 Declarator &D, 7522 ParmVarDecl *Param, 7523 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) { 7524 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 7525 7526 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 7527 // used again 7528 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 7529 return; 7530 7531 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) { 7532 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 7533 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 7534 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 7535 // pointer to a pointer type. 7536 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 7537 D.setInvalidType(); 7538 return; 7539 7540 case PrivatePtrKernelParam: 7541 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 7542 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 7543 // pointer to the private address space. 7544 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param); 7545 D.setInvalidType(); 7546 return; 7547 7548 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 7549 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 7550 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 7551 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 7552 // one of these built-in scalar types. 7553 7554 case InvalidKernelParam: 7555 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 7556 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 7557 // of event_t type. 7558 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7559 D.setInvalidType(); 7560 return; 7561 7562 case PtrKernelParam: 7563 case ValidKernelParam: 7564 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 7565 return; 7566 7567 case RecordKernelParam: 7568 break; 7569 } 7570 7571 // Track nested structs we will inspect 7572 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 7573 7574 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 7575 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 7576 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 7577 HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr); 7578 7579 const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7580 VisitStack.push_back(PD); 7581 7582 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 7583 7584 do { 7585 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 7586 if (!Next) { 7587 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 7588 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 7589 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 7590 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 7591 7592 continue; 7593 } 7594 7595 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 7596 // field itself) to the history stack. 7597 const RecordDecl *RD; 7598 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 7599 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 7600 RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7601 } else { 7602 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 7603 } 7604 7605 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 7606 VisitStack.push_back(nullptr); 7607 7608 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 7609 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 7610 7611 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 7612 continue; 7613 7614 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT); 7615 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 7616 continue; 7617 7618 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 7619 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 7620 continue; 7621 } 7622 7623 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 7624 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 7625 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 7626 // union. 7627 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam || 7628 ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) { 7629 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 7630 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 7631 << PT->isUnionType() 7632 << PT; 7633 } else { 7634 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7635 } 7636 7637 S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7638 << PD->getDeclName(); 7639 7640 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 7641 // the offending field came from 7642 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator 7643 I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 7644 E = HistoryStack.end(); 7645 I != E; ++I) { 7646 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 7647 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7648 << OuterField->getType(); 7649 } 7650 7651 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 7652 << QT->isPointerType() 7653 << QT; 7654 D.setInvalidType(); 7655 return; 7656 } 7657 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 7658 } 7659 7660 NamedDecl* 7661 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 7662 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 7663 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 7664 bool &AddToScope) { 7665 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 7666 7667 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 7668 7669 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 7670 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7671 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7672 StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 7673 7674 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 7675 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7676 diag::err_invalid_thread) 7677 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 7678 7679 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 7680 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember(), D.isCtorOrDtor(), 7681 D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7682 7683 bool isFriend = false; 7684 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr; 7685 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7686 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7687 7688 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 7689 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7690 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 7691 7692 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 7693 7694 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 7695 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 7696 7697 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 7698 isVirtualOkay); 7699 if (!NewFD) return nullptr; 7700 7701 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 7702 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 7703 7704 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 7705 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 7706 // context will be different from the semantic context. 7707 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7708 7709 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 7710 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 7711 7712 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7713 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7714 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 7715 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7716 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7717 bool isConcept = D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified(); 7718 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7719 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7720 // C++ [class.friend]p5 7721 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 7722 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 7723 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7724 } 7725 7726 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 7727 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 7728 // return true). 7729 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 7730 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 7731 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 7732 NewFD->setPure(true); 7733 7734 // C++ [class.union]p2 7735 // A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions. 7736 if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion()) 7737 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union); 7738 } 7739 7740 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 7741 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7742 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7743 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7744 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7745 7746 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 7747 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 7748 bool Invalid = false; 7749 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 7750 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 7751 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7752 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 7753 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 7754 ? D.getName().TemplateId 7755 : nullptr, 7756 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization, 7757 Invalid)) { 7758 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 7759 // This is a function template 7760 7761 // Check that we can declare a template here. 7762 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 7763 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7764 7765 // A destructor cannot be a template. 7766 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7767 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 7768 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7769 } 7770 7771 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 7772 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 7773 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 7774 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 7775 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 7776 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 7777 Invalid = true; 7778 } 7779 7780 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 7781 NewFD->getLocation(), 7782 Name, TemplateParams, 7783 NewFD); 7784 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7785 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 7786 7787 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 7788 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 7789 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7790 TemplateParamLists.drop_back(1)); 7791 } 7792 } else { 7793 // This is a function template specialization. 7794 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7795 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7796 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7797 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 7798 7799 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 7800 if (isFriend) { 7801 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 7802 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 7803 7804 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 7805 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 7806 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 7807 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 7808 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 7809 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 7810 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7811 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7812 InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 7813 } 7814 7815 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 7816 << Name << RemoveRange 7817 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 7818 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 7819 } 7820 } 7821 } 7822 else { 7823 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 7824 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 7825 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7826 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7827 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 7828 } 7829 7830 if (Invalid) { 7831 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7832 if (FunctionTemplate) 7833 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7834 } 7835 7836 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 7837 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 7838 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 7839 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 7840 // 7841 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7842 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 7843 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7844 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 7845 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7846 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 7847 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7848 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 7849 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7850 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 7851 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 7852 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 7853 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7854 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 7855 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7856 } else { 7857 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 7858 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 7859 } 7860 7861 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7862 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 7863 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 7864 } 7865 7866 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7867 (NewFD->isDependentContext() || 7868 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && 7869 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 7870 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 7871 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 7872 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 7873 // thing to do. 7874 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being 7875 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. 7876 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 7877 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7878 QualType Result = 7879 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); 7880 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), 7881 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 7882 } 7883 7884 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 7885 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 7886 // declaration. 7887 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7888 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7889 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 7890 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7891 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 7892 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 7893 } 7894 } 7895 7896 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 7897 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 7898 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 7899 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 7900 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7901 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7902 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 7903 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7904 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 7905 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7906 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 7907 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 7908 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 7909 // or conversion function. 7910 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7911 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 7912 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7913 } 7914 } 7915 7916 if (isConstexpr) { 7917 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 7918 // are implicitly inline. 7919 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7920 7921 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 7922 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 7923 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 7924 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 7925 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 7926 } 7927 7928 if (isConcept) { 7929 // This is a function concept. 7930 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 7931 FTD->setConcept(); 7932 7933 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 7934 // applied only to the definition of a function template [...] 7935 if (!D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7936 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 7937 diag::err_function_concept_not_defined); 7938 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7939 } 7940 7941 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A function concept shall 7942 // have no exception-specification and is treated as if it were specified 7943 // with noexcept(true) (15.4). [...] 7944 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7945 if (FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) { 7946 SourceRange Range; 7947 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) 7948 Range = D.getFunctionTypeInfo().getExceptionSpecRange(); 7949 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_exception_spec) 7950 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Range); 7951 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7952 } else { 7953 Context.adjustExceptionSpec(NewFD, EST_BasicNoexcept); 7954 } 7955 7956 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p5: A function concept has the 7957 // following restrictions: 7958 // - The declared return type shall have the type bool. 7959 if (!Context.hasSameType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.BoolTy)) { 7960 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_concept_bool_ret); 7961 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7962 } 7963 7964 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p5: A function concept has the 7965 // following restrictions: 7966 // - The declaration's parameter list shall be equivalent to an empty 7967 // parameter list. 7968 if (FPT->getNumParams() > 0 || FPT->isVariadic()) 7969 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_with_params); 7970 } 7971 7972 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: Every concept definition is 7973 // implicity defined to be a constexpr declaration (implicitly inline) 7974 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7975 7976 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not 7977 // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr 7978 // specifiers, [...] 7979 if (isInline) { 7980 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7981 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 7982 << 1 << 1; 7983 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7984 } 7985 7986 if (isFriend) { 7987 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getFriendSpecLoc(), 7988 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 7989 << 1 << 2; 7990 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7991 } 7992 7993 if (isConstexpr) { 7994 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 7995 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 7996 << 1 << 3; 7997 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7998 } 7999 8000 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 8001 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 8002 // template, declared in namespace scope. 8003 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8004 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 8005 diag::err_concept_specified_specialization) << 1; 8006 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8007 return NewFD; 8008 } 8009 } 8010 8011 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 8012 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 8013 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8014 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 8015 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 8016 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 8017 << 0 8018 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 8019 } else { 8020 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 8021 if (FunctionTemplate) 8022 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 8023 } 8024 } 8025 8026 if (isFriend) { 8027 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8028 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 8029 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 8030 } 8031 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 8032 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 8033 } 8034 8035 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 8036 // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function 8037 // definition kind to FDK_Definition. 8038 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 8039 case FDK_Declaration: 8040 case FDK_Definition: 8041 break; 8042 8043 case FDK_Defaulted: 8044 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 8045 break; 8046 8047 case FDK_Deleted: 8048 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 8049 break; 8050 } 8051 8052 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 8053 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8054 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 8055 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 8056 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 8057 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8058 } 8059 8060 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 8061 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 8062 // C++ [class.static]p1: 8063 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 8064 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 8065 // the class. 8066 8067 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 8068 // member function definition. 8069 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 8070 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 8071 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8072 } 8073 8074 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 8075 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 8076 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 8077 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8078 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 8079 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 8080 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) 8081 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType( 8082 FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), 8083 FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept))); 8084 } 8085 8086 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 8087 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 8088 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 8089 isExplicitSpecialization || 8090 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 8091 8092 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 8093 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 8094 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 8095 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 8096 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 8097 SE->getString(), 0)); 8098 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 8099 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 8100 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 8101 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 8102 if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) { 8103 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 8104 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 8105 } else 8106 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 8107 << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD; 8108 } 8109 } 8110 8111 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 8112 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 8113 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 8114 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 8115 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 8116 8117 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 8118 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 8119 // single void argument. 8120 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 8121 // already checks for that case. 8122 if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) { 8123 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { 8124 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); 8125 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 8126 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 8127 Params.push_back(Param); 8128 8129 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 8130 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8131 } 8132 } 8133 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8134 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 8135 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 8136 // parameters for use in the declaration. 8137 // 8138 // @code 8139 // typedef void fn(int); 8140 // fn f; 8141 // @endcode 8142 8143 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 8144 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { 8145 ParmVarDecl *Param = 8146 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI); 8147 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 8148 Params.push_back(Param); 8149 } 8150 } else { 8151 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 8152 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 8153 } 8154 8155 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 8156 NewFD->setParams(Params); 8157 8158 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 8159 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 8160 // 8161 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 8162 // 8163 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 8164 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 8165 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 8166 8167 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 8168 NewFD->addAttr( 8169 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 8170 Context, 0)); 8171 8172 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 8173 // because all functions have linkage. 8174 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8175 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 8176 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 8177 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8178 } 8179 8180 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active. 8181 if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() && 8182 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 8183 NewFD->addAttr( 8184 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 8185 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 8186 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation)); 8187 if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 8188 ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute | 8189 ASTContext::PSF_Read, 8190 NewFD)) 8191 NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 8192 } 8193 8194 // Handle attributes. 8195 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 8196 8197 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 8198 maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs(S, NewFD, Previous); 8199 8200 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 8201 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return 8202 // type declaration will generate a compilation error. 8203 unsigned AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace(); 8204 if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local || 8205 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global || 8206 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 8207 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8208 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); 8209 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8210 } 8211 } 8212 8213 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8214 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 8215 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 8216 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 8217 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 8218 8219 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 8220 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 8221 8222 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8223 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 8224 isExplicitSpecialization)); 8225 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8226 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 8227 D.setRedeclaration(true); 8228 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 8229 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 8230 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 8231 8232 // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that 8233 // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging 8234 // possibly prototyped redeclarations. 8235 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8236 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8237 CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC(); 8238 if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) { 8239 // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without 8240 // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning. 8241 int DiagID = 8242 CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr; 8243 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID) 8244 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC); 8245 } 8246 } 8247 } else { 8248 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 8249 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 8250 // 8251 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 8252 // 8253 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since 8254 // that forces an external definition to be emitted. 8255 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && 8256 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && 8257 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 8258 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 8259 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 8260 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 8261 8262 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 8263 // argument list into our AST format. 8264 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 8265 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 8266 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 8267 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 8268 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 8269 TemplateId->NumArgs); 8270 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 8271 TemplateArgs); 8272 8273 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 8274 8275 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8276 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8277 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 8278 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 8279 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 8280 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 8281 8282 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8283 } else { 8284 assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization || 8285 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) && 8286 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 8287 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 8288 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 8289 } 8290 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8291 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 8292 // wrote something like: 8293 // template <> friend void foo(int); 8294 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 8295 // friend void foo<>(int); 8296 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 8297 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 8298 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8299 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8300 } 8301 8302 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 8303 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 8304 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 8305 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 8306 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 8307 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 8308 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 8309 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 8310 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 8311 InstantiationDependent))) { 8312 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 8313 "friend function specialization without template args"); 8314 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 8315 Previous)) 8316 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8317 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8318 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 8319 && !isFriend) { 8320 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 8321 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 8322 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 8323 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 8324 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 8325 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 8326 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs 8327 : nullptr), 8328 Previous)) 8329 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8330 8331 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 8332 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 8333 // specialization (14.7.3) 8334 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 8335 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 8336 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 8337 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 8338 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8339 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 8340 << SC 8341 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 8342 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8343 8344 else 8345 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8346 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 8347 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 8348 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8349 } 8350 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 8351 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 8352 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8353 } 8354 8355 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 8356 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8357 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 8358 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 8359 8360 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 8361 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 8362 8363 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8364 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 8365 isExplicitSpecialization)); 8366 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8367 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 8368 D.setRedeclaration(true); 8369 } 8370 8371 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 8372 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 8373 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 8374 8375 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 8376 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 8377 : NewFD); 8378 8379 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 8380 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 8381 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8382 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 8383 8384 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 8385 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 8386 } 8387 8388 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 8389 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 8390 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 8391 8392 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 8393 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 8394 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8395 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 8396 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 8397 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 8398 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 8399 : nullptr, 8400 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 8401 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 8402 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 8403 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 8404 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 8405 DC && DC->isRecord() && 8406 DC->isDependentContext()) 8407 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 8408 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 8409 } 8410 8411 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8412 // Ignore all the rest of this. 8413 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 8414 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 8415 AddToScope }; 8416 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 8417 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 8418 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 8419 8420 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 8421 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 8422 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 8423 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 8424 8425 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 8426 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 8427 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 8428 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 8429 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 8430 // can actually do this check immediately. 8431 if (isFriend && 8432 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 8433 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 8434 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 8435 // ignore these 8436 } else { 8437 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 8438 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 8439 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 8440 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 8441 // 8442 // class X { 8443 // void f() const; 8444 // }; 8445 // 8446 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 8447 // 8448 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 8449 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 8450 // whether the parameter types are references). 8451 8452 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 8453 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) { 8454 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 8455 return Result; 8456 } 8457 } 8458 8459 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 8460 // to something. 8461 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 8462 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 8463 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 8464 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 8465 return Result; 8466 } 8467 } 8468 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && 8469 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && 8470 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 8471 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 8472 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 8473 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). 8474 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 8475 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 8476 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 8477 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 8478 // generate them. 8479 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 8480 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 8481 } 8482 } 8483 8484 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 8485 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 8486 8487 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 8488 8489 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 8490 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8491 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8492 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 8493 << NewFD; 8494 8495 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 8496 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 8497 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 8498 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 8499 EPI.Variadic = true; 8500 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 8501 8502 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); 8503 NewFD->setType(R); 8504 } 8505 8506 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 8507 // member, set the visibility of this function. 8508 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 8509 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 8510 8511 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 8512 // marking the function. 8513 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 8514 8515 // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to 8516 // a pragma. 8517 if(D.isFunctionDefinition()) 8518 AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD); 8519 8520 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 8521 // the map of such variables. 8522 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8523 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 8524 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 8525 8526 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 8527 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 8528 8529 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 8530 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 8531 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD, 8532 isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization, 8533 D.isFunctionDefinition()); 8534 } 8535 8536 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 8537 IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier(); 8538 if (II && II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall") && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8539 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 8540 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) 8541 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 8542 8543 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 8544 } 8545 8546 // Variadic functions, other than a *declaration* of printf, are not allowed 8547 // in device-side CUDA code, unless someone passed 8548 // -fcuda-allow-variadic-functions. 8549 if (!getLangOpts().CUDAAllowVariadicFunctions && NewFD->isVariadic() && 8550 (NewFD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 8551 NewFD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) && 8552 !(II && II->isStr("printf") && NewFD->isExternC() && 8553 !D.isFunctionDefinition())) { 8554 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_variadic_device_fn); 8555 } 8556 } 8557 8558 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8559 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8560 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8561 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 8562 return FunctionTemplate; 8563 } 8564 } 8565 8566 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 8567 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 8568 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 8569 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 8570 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 8571 D.setInvalidType(); 8572 } 8573 8574 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 8575 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { 8576 SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8577 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type) 8578 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void") 8579 : FixItHint()); 8580 D.setInvalidType(); 8581 } 8582 8583 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 8584 for (auto Param : NewFD->parameters()) 8585 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 8586 } 8587 for (const ParmVarDecl *Param : NewFD->parameters()) { 8588 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 8589 8590 // OpenCL 2.0 pipe restrictions forbids pipe packet types to be non-value 8591 // types. 8592 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 200) { 8593 if(const PipeType *PipeTy = PT->getAs<PipeType>()) { 8594 QualType ElemTy = PipeTy->getElementType(); 8595 if (ElemTy->isReferenceType() || ElemTy->isPointerType()) { 8596 Diag(Param->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_reference_pipe_type ); 8597 D.setInvalidType(); 8598 } 8599 } 8600 } 8601 } 8602 8603 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 8604 8605 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 8606 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 8607 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 8608 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8609 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 8610 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 8611 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 8612 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 8613 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 8614 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 8615 AddToScope = false; 8616 } 8617 8618 return NewFD; 8619 } 8620 8621 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 8622 /// 8623 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 8624 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 8625 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 8626 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 8627 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 8628 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 8629 /// via InstantiateDecl). 8630 /// 8631 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 8632 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 8633 /// 8634 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 8635 /// 8636 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 8637 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 8638 LookupResult &Previous, 8639 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 8640 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && 8641 "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 8642 8643 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 8644 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 8645 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 8646 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8647 !Previous.isShadowed(); 8648 8649 bool Redeclaration = false; 8650 NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr; 8651 8652 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 8653 // the same name, if appropriate. 8654 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8655 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 8656 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 8657 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 8658 // function to the scope. 8659 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 8660 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 8661 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 8662 Redeclaration = true; 8663 OldDecl = Candidate; 8664 } 8665 } else { 8666 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 8667 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 8668 case Ovl_Match: 8669 Redeclaration = true; 8670 break; 8671 8672 case Ovl_NonFunction: 8673 Redeclaration = true; 8674 break; 8675 8676 case Ovl_Overload: 8677 Redeclaration = false; 8678 break; 8679 } 8680 8681 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8682 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 8683 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 8684 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 8685 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 8686 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr; 8687 if (Redeclaration) 8688 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 8689 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8690 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 8691 if (OverloadedDecl) 8692 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 8693 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 8694 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 8695 } 8696 } 8697 } 8698 8699 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 8700 if (!Redeclaration && 8701 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 8702 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8703 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 8704 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 8705 Redeclaration = true; 8706 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 8707 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 8708 8709 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 8710 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8711 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8712 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 8713 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 8714 Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(), 8715 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 8716 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 8717 } 8718 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 8719 Redeclaration = false; 8720 OldDecl = nullptr; 8721 } 8722 } 8723 } 8724 } 8725 8726 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 8727 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 8728 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 8729 // 8730 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 8731 // definition of a static member function. 8732 // 8733 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 8734 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 8735 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 8736 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 8737 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 8738 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 8739 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr; 8740 if (OldDecl) 8741 OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); 8742 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 8743 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 8744 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8745 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 8746 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 8747 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 8748 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 8749 8750 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 8751 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 8752 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 8753 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 8754 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 8755 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 8756 AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 8757 8758 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const) 8759 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 8760 } 8761 } 8762 } 8763 8764 if (Redeclaration) { 8765 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 8766 // merged. 8767 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 8768 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8769 return Redeclaration; 8770 } 8771 8772 Previous.clear(); 8773 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 8774 8775 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 8776 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 8777 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 8778 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 8779 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 8780 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 8781 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 8782 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 8783 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 8784 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 8785 } 8786 8787 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 8788 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 8789 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 8790 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 8791 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 8792 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 8793 // Explicit specializations of a member template do not inherit deleted 8794 // status from the parent member template that they are specializing. 8795 if (OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()->isDeleted()) { 8796 FunctionDecl *const OldTemplatedDecl = 8797 OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl(); 8798 assert(OldTemplatedDecl->getCanonicalDecl() == OldTemplatedDecl); 8799 OldTemplatedDecl->setDeletedAsWritten(false); 8800 } 8801 } 8802 8803 } else { 8804 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 8805 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 8806 8807 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 8808 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 8809 } 8810 } 8811 8812 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 8813 8814 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8815 // C++-specific checks. 8816 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 8817 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 8818 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 8819 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 8820 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 8821 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 8822 8823 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 8824 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 8825 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 8826 DeclarationName Name 8827 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 8828 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 8829 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 8830 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 8831 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8832 return Redeclaration; 8833 } 8834 } 8835 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 8836 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 8837 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 8838 } 8839 8840 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 8841 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 8842 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 8843 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 8844 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 8845 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 8846 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 8847 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 8848 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 8849 } 8850 } 8851 } 8852 8853 if (Method->isStatic()) 8854 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 8855 } 8856 8857 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 8858 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 8859 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8860 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8861 return Redeclaration; 8862 } 8863 8864 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 8865 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 8866 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8867 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8868 return Redeclaration; 8869 } 8870 8871 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 8872 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 8873 // during delayed parsing anyway. 8874 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 8875 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 8876 8877 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 8878 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 8879 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 8880 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 8881 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 8882 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 8883 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 8884 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 8885 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 8886 Context.BuiltinInfo.forgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 8887 } 8888 } 8889 8890 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 8891 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 8892 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 8893 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 8894 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 8895 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); 8896 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 8897 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 8898 << NewFD << R; 8899 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 8900 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 8901 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 8902 } 8903 } 8904 return Redeclaration; 8905 } 8906 8907 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 8908 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: 8909 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or 8910 // constexpr is ill-formed. 8911 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 8912 // appear in a declaration of main. 8913 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 8914 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 8915 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 8916 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 8917 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 8918 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8919 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 8920 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 8921 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 8922 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 8923 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 8924 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 8925 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 8926 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 8927 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 8928 } 8929 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 8930 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 8931 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 8932 FD->setConstexpr(false); 8933 } 8934 8935 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 8936 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) 8937 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); 8938 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8939 return; 8940 } 8941 8942 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8943 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8944 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8945 8946 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8947 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 8948 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 8949 // implicit-return-zero rule. 8950 8951 // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'. 8952 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8953 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8954 else { 8955 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 8956 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8957 if (RTRange.isValid()) 8958 Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 8959 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int"); 8960 } 8961 } else { 8962 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 8963 // set the flag which tells us that. 8964 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 8965 8966 // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'. 8967 if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8968 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8969 else { 8970 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 8971 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8972 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 8973 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int") 8974 : FixItHint()); 8975 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8976 } 8977 } 8978 8979 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 8980 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 8981 8982 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 8983 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); 8984 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 8985 8986 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 8987 8988 if (FTP->isVariadic()) { 8989 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main); 8990 // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we 8991 // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter. 8992 } 8993 8994 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 8995 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 8996 // getting shifty. 8997 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 8998 HasExtraParameters = false; 8999 9000 if (HasExtraParameters) { 9001 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 9002 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 9003 nparams = 3; 9004 } 9005 9006 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 9007 // if we had some location information about types. 9008 9009 QualType CharPP = 9010 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 9011 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 9012 9013 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 9014 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); 9015 9016 bool mismatch = true; 9017 9018 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 9019 mismatch = false; 9020 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 9021 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 9022 // char const ** 9023 // char const * const * 9024 // char * const * 9025 9026 QualifierCollector qs; 9027 const PointerType* PT; 9028 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 9029 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 9030 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 9031 Context.CharTy)) { 9032 qs.removeConst(); 9033 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 9034 } 9035 } 9036 9037 if (mismatch) { 9038 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 9039 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 9040 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 9041 } 9042 } 9043 9044 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 9045 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 9046 } 9047 9048 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 9049 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 9050 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9051 } 9052 } 9053 9054 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 9055 QualType T = FD->getType(); 9056 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 9057 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 9058 9059 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 9060 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 9061 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 9062 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || 9063 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) 9064 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 9065 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 9066 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 9067 9068 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 9069 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 9070 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9071 } 9072 } 9073 9074 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 9075 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 9076 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 9077 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 9078 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 9079 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 9080 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 9081 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 9082 // rules there don't matter.) 9083 const Expr *Culprit; 9084 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 9085 return false; 9086 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 9087 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9088 return true; 9089 } 9090 9091 namespace { 9092 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 9093 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 9094 class SelfReferenceChecker 9095 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 9096 Sema &S; 9097 Decl *OrigDecl; 9098 bool isRecordType; 9099 bool isPODType; 9100 bool isReferenceType; 9101 9102 bool isInitList; 9103 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex; 9104 9105 public: 9106 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 9107 9108 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 9109 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 9110 isPODType = false; 9111 isRecordType = false; 9112 isReferenceType = false; 9113 isInitList = false; 9114 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 9115 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 9116 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 9117 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 9118 } 9119 } 9120 9121 // For most expressions, just call the visitor. For initializer lists, 9122 // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are 9123 // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields. 9124 void CheckExpr(Expr *E) { 9125 InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E); 9126 if (!InitList) { 9127 Visit(E); 9128 return; 9129 } 9130 9131 // Track and increment the index here. 9132 isInitList = true; 9133 InitFieldIndex.push_back(0); 9134 for (auto Child : InitList->children()) { 9135 CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child)); 9136 ++InitFieldIndex.back(); 9137 } 9138 InitFieldIndex.pop_back(); 9139 } 9140 9141 // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no futher checking is needed. 9142 // Returns false if additional checking is required. 9143 bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) { 9144 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields; 9145 Expr *Base = E; 9146 bool ReferenceField = false; 9147 9148 // Get the field memebers used. 9149 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9150 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); 9151 if (!FD) 9152 return false; 9153 Fields.push_back(FD); 9154 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) 9155 ReferenceField = true; 9156 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9157 } 9158 9159 // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same. 9160 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base); 9161 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl) 9162 return false; 9163 9164 // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field. 9165 if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField) 9166 return true; 9167 9168 // Convert FieldDecls to their index number. 9169 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex; 9170 for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields)) 9171 UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex()); 9172 9173 // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index 9174 // numbers. If field being used has index less than the field being 9175 // initialized, then the use is safe. 9176 for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(), 9177 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(), 9178 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(), 9179 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end(); 9180 UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) { 9181 if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter) 9182 return true; 9183 if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter) 9184 break; 9185 } 9186 9187 // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names. 9188 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9189 return true; 9190 } 9191 9192 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 9193 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 9194 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 9195 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 9196 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 9197 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 9198 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9199 return; 9200 } 9201 9202 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 9203 Visit(CO->getCond()); 9204 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 9205 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 9206 return; 9207 } 9208 9209 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 9210 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 9211 Visit(BCO->getCond()); 9212 HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 9213 return; 9214 } 9215 9216 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) { 9217 HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()); 9218 return; 9219 } 9220 9221 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 9222 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 9223 Visit(BO->getLHS()); 9224 HandleValue(BO->getRHS()); 9225 return; 9226 } 9227 } 9228 9229 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 9230 if (isInitList) { 9231 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E), 9232 false /*CheckReference*/)) 9233 return; 9234 } 9235 9236 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9237 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9238 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 9239 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 9240 return; 9241 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9242 } 9243 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 9244 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9245 return; 9246 } 9247 9248 Visit(E); 9249 } 9250 9251 // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all 9252 // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses. 9253 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 9254 if (isReferenceType) 9255 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 9256 } 9257 9258 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 9259 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) { 9260 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9261 return; 9262 } 9263 9264 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 9265 } 9266 9267 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 9268 if (isInitList) { 9269 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/)) 9270 return; 9271 } 9272 9273 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 9274 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 9275 9276 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 9277 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 9278 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 9279 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 9280 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9281 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9282 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 9283 Warn = false; 9284 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9285 } 9286 9287 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 9288 if (Warn) 9289 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9290 return; 9291 } 9292 9293 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 9294 // Visit that expression. 9295 Visit(Base); 9296 } 9297 9298 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 9299 Expr *Callee = E->getCallee(); 9300 9301 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee)) 9302 return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 9303 9304 Visit(Callee); 9305 for (auto Arg: E->arguments()) 9306 HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 9307 } 9308 9309 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 9310 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 9311 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 9312 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 9313 if (!isPODType) 9314 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9315 return; 9316 } 9317 9318 if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) { 9319 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9320 return; 9321 } 9322 9323 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 9324 } 9325 9326 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) {} 9327 9328 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) { 9329 if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) { 9330 Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0); 9331 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr)) 9332 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 9333 ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0); 9334 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr)) 9335 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 9336 ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr(); 9337 HandleValue(ArgExpr); 9338 return; 9339 } 9340 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E); 9341 } 9342 9343 void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { 9344 // Treat std::move as a use. 9345 if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) { 9346 if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) { 9347 if (FD->isInStdNamespace() && FD->getIdentifier() && 9348 FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) { 9349 HandleValue(E->getArg(0)); 9350 return; 9351 } 9352 } 9353 } 9354 9355 Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E); 9356 } 9357 9358 void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) { 9359 if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) { 9360 HandleValue(E->getLHS()); 9361 Visit(E->getRHS()); 9362 return; 9363 } 9364 9365 Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E); 9366 } 9367 9368 // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the 9369 // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately 9370 // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics. 9371 void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) { 9372 Visit(E->getCond()); 9373 Visit(E->getFalseExpr()); 9374 } 9375 9376 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 9377 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 9378 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 9379 unsigned diag; 9380 if (isReferenceType) { 9381 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 9382 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 9383 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 9384 } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 9385 isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 9386 DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) { 9387 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 9388 } else { 9389 // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis. 9390 return; 9391 } 9392 9393 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 9394 S.PDiag(diag) 9395 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 9396 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 9397 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 9398 } 9399 }; 9400 9401 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 9402 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 9403 bool DirectInit) { 9404 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 9405 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 9406 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 9407 return; 9408 9409 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 9410 9411 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 9412 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 9413 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 9414 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 9415 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 9416 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 9417 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 9418 return; 9419 9420 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E); 9421 } 9422 } // end anonymous namespace 9423 9424 QualType Sema::deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl, 9425 DeclarationName Name, QualType Type, 9426 TypeSourceInfo *TSI, 9427 SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit, 9428 Expr *Init) { 9429 bool IsInitCapture = !VDecl; 9430 assert((!VDecl || !VDecl->isInitCapture()) && 9431 "init captures are expected to be deduced prior to initialization"); 9432 9433 ArrayRef<Expr *> DeduceInits = Init; 9434 if (DirectInit) { 9435 if (auto *PL = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init)) 9436 DeduceInits = PL->exprs(); 9437 else if (auto *IL = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) 9438 DeduceInits = IL->inits(); 9439 } 9440 9441 // Deduction only works if we have exactly one source expression. 9442 if (DeduceInits.empty()) { 9443 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 9444 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 9445 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture 9446 ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 9447 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 9448 << Name << Type << Range; 9449 return QualType(); 9450 } 9451 9452 if (DeduceInits.size() > 1) { 9453 Diag(DeduceInits[1]->getLocStart(), 9454 IsInitCapture ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 9455 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 9456 << Name << Type << Range; 9457 return QualType(); 9458 } 9459 9460 Expr *DeduceInit = DeduceInits[0]; 9461 if (DirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) { 9462 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture 9463 ? diag::err_init_capture_paren_braces 9464 : diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces) 9465 << isa<InitListExpr>(Init) << Name << Type << Range; 9466 return QualType(); 9467 } 9468 9469 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 9470 bool DefaultedAnyToId = false; 9471 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 9472 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && !IsInitCapture) { 9473 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 9474 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9475 return QualType(); 9476 } 9477 Init = Result.get(); 9478 DefaultedAnyToId = true; 9479 } 9480 9481 QualType DeducedType; 9482 if (DeduceAutoType(TSI, DeduceInit, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) { 9483 if (!IsInitCapture) 9484 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 9485 else if (isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) 9486 Diag(Range.getBegin(), 9487 diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure_from_init_list) 9488 << Name 9489 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 9490 : DeduceInit->getType()) 9491 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 9492 else 9493 Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure) 9494 << Name << TSI->getType() 9495 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 9496 : DeduceInit->getType()) 9497 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 9498 } 9499 9500 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 9501 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual 9502 // checks. 9503 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 9504 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 9505 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedAnyToId && 9506 !IsInitCapture && !DeducedType.isNull() && DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 9507 SourceLocation Loc = TSI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 9508 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) << Name << Range; 9509 } 9510 9511 return DeducedType; 9512 } 9513 9514 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 9515 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 9516 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 9517 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 9518 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9519 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 9520 // the initializer. 9521 if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9522 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl)); 9523 return; 9524 } 9525 9526 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 9527 // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier. 9528 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 9529 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 9530 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 9531 return; 9532 } 9533 9534 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 9535 if (!VDecl) { 9536 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 9537 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 9538 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9539 return; 9540 } 9541 9542 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 9543 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 9544 // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can 9545 // be deduced based on the chosen correction if the original init contains a 9546 // TypoExpr. 9547 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl); 9548 if (!Res.isUsable()) { 9549 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9550 return; 9551 } 9552 Init = Res.get(); 9553 9554 QualType DeducedType = deduceVarTypeFromInitializer( 9555 VDecl, VDecl->getDeclName(), VDecl->getType(), 9556 VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), VDecl->getSourceRange(), DirectInit, Init); 9557 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 9558 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9559 return; 9560 } 9561 9562 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 9563 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 9564 9565 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 9566 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 9567 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9568 9569 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 9570 // the previously declared type. 9571 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 9572 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 9573 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 9574 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/ false); 9575 } 9576 9577 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 9578 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 9579 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9580 return; 9581 } 9582 9583 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. 9584 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 9585 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); 9586 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9587 return; 9588 } 9589 9590 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 9591 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 9592 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 9593 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9594 return; 9595 } 9596 9597 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 9598 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 9599 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 9600 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 9601 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 9602 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 9603 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 9604 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 9605 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9606 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9607 return; 9608 } 9609 9610 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 9611 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 9612 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9613 AbstractVariableType)) 9614 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9615 } 9616 9617 VarDecl *Def; 9618 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 9619 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 9620 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) && 9621 (VDecl->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 9622 VDecl->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 9623 VDecl->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 9624 VDecl->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 9625 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 9626 // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it. 9627 } else { 9628 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 9629 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 9630 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9631 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9632 return; 9633 } 9634 } 9635 9636 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9637 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 9638 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 9639 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 9640 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 9641 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 9642 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 9643 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 9644 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 9645 // 9646 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 9647 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 9648 // declaration with an initializer. 9649 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) { 9650 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) 9651 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 9652 Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(), 9653 diag::note_previous_initializer) 9654 << 0; 9655 return; 9656 } 9657 9658 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 9659 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9660 9661 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 9662 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9663 return; 9664 } 9665 } 9666 9667 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 9668 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 9669 if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 9670 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 9671 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9672 return; 9673 } 9674 9675 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 9676 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 9677 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 9678 9679 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 9680 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 9681 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 9682 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 9683 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 9684 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9685 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9686 return; 9687 } 9688 Init = Result.get(); 9689 } 9690 9691 // Perform the initialization. 9692 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 9693 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9694 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 9695 InitializationKind Kind = 9696 DirectInit 9697 ? CXXDirectInit 9698 ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 9699 Init->getLocStart(), 9700 Init->getLocEnd()) 9701 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(VDecl->getLocation()) 9702 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 9703 Init->getLocStart()); 9704 9705 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 9706 if (CXXDirectInit) 9707 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 9708 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 9709 9710 // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments. 9711 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) { 9712 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr( 9713 Args[Idx], VDecl, [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) { 9714 InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E)); 9715 return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E; 9716 }); 9717 if (Res.isInvalid()) { 9718 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9719 } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) { 9720 Args[Idx] = Res.get(); 9721 } 9722 } 9723 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9724 return; 9725 9726 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, 9727 /*TopLevelOfInitList=*/false, 9728 /*TreatUnavailableAsInvalid=*/false); 9729 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 9730 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9731 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9732 return; 9733 } 9734 9735 Init = Result.getAs<Expr>(); 9736 } 9737 9738 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 9739 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 9740 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 9741 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 9742 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 9743 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 9744 } 9745 9746 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 9747 // completed by the initializer. For example: 9748 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 9749 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 9750 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 9751 VDecl->setType(DclT); 9752 9753 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9754 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 9755 9756 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 9757 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 9758 9759 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 9760 // Although this code can still have problems: 9761 // id x = self.weakProp; 9762 // id y = self.weakProp; 9763 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 9764 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 9765 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 9766 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong && 9767 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 9768 Init->getLocStart())) 9769 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 9770 } 9771 9772 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 9773 // 9774 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 9775 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 9776 // full-expression. For instance, in: 9777 // 9778 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 9779 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 9780 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 9781 // 9782 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 9783 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 9784 false, 9785 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 9786 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9787 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9788 return; 9789 } 9790 Init = Result.get(); 9791 9792 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 9793 VDecl->setInit(Init); 9794 9795 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 9796 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 9797 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 9798 // C++ does not have this restriction. 9799 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9800 const Expr *Culprit; 9801 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 9802 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 9803 // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types. 9804 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 9805 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 9806 // constant expressions. 9807 else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 9808 isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 9809 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 9810 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), 9811 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 9812 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9813 } 9814 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && !VDecl->isInline() && 9815 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 9816 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 9817 // 9818 // struct S { 9819 // static const int value = 17; 9820 // }; 9821 9822 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 9823 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 9824 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 9825 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 9826 // 9827 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 9828 // If a non-volatile non-inline const static data member is of integral 9829 // or enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 9830 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 9831 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 9832 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 9833 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 9834 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 9835 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 9836 9837 // Do nothing on dependent types. 9838 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 9839 9840 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 9841 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 9842 // type. 9843 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 9844 9845 // Require constness. 9846 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 9847 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 9848 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9849 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9850 9851 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 9852 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 9853 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 9854 SourceLocation Loc; 9855 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 9856 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 9857 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 9858 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 9859 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 9860 ; // Nothing to check. 9861 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 9862 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 9863 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 9864 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 9865 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 9866 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9867 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9868 } else { 9869 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 9870 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 9871 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9872 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9873 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9874 } 9875 9876 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 9877 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 9878 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 9879 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 9880 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 9881 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 9882 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 9883 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9884 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 9885 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 9886 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 9887 } else { 9888 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 9889 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9890 9891 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 9892 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9893 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9894 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9895 } 9896 } 9897 9898 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 9899 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 9900 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 9901 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 9902 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 9903 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 9904 9905 } else { 9906 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 9907 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9908 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9909 } 9910 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 9911 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 9912 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 9913 !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() || 9914 VDecl->isExternC())) && 9915 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 9916 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 9917 9918 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 9919 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9920 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 9921 } 9922 9923 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 9924 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 9925 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 9926 // 9927 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 9928 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 9929 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 9930 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 9931 // special case code. 9932 9933 // C++ 8.5p11: 9934 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 9935 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 9936 // class type. 9937 if (CXXDirectInit) { 9938 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 9939 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 9940 } else if (DirectInit) { 9941 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 9942 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 9943 } 9944 9945 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 9946 } 9947 9948 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 9949 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 9950 /// of sanity. 9951 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 9952 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 9953 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 9954 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 9955 9956 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 9957 if (!VD) return; 9958 9959 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 9960 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 9961 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9962 return; 9963 } 9964 9965 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 9966 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 9967 9968 // Require a complete type. 9969 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 9970 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 9971 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9972 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9973 return; 9974 } 9975 9976 // Require a non-abstract type. 9977 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 9978 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9979 AbstractVariableType)) { 9980 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9981 return; 9982 } 9983 9984 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 9985 // though. 9986 } 9987 9988 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 9989 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9990 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 9991 if (!RealDecl) 9992 return; 9993 9994 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 9995 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 9996 9997 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 9998 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 9999 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 10000 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 10001 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10002 return; 10003 } 10004 10005 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 10006 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 10007 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 10008 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 10009 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 10010 // member. 10011 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10012 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) { 10013 // C++1z removes the relevant rule; the in-class declaration is always 10014 // a definition there. 10015 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z) { 10016 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 10017 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 10018 << Var->getDeclName(); 10019 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10020 return; 10021 } 10022 } else { 10023 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 10024 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10025 return; 10026 } 10027 } 10028 10029 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A variable template 10030 // definition having the concept specifier is called a variable concept. A 10031 // concept definition refers to [...] a variable concept and its initializer. 10032 if (VarTemplateDecl *VTD = Var->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 10033 if (VTD->isConcept()) { 10034 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_var_concept_not_initialized); 10035 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10036 return; 10037 } 10038 } 10039 10040 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must 10041 // be initialized. 10042 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10043 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && 10044 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { 10045 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); 10046 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10047 return; 10048 } 10049 10050 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10051 case VarDecl::Definition: 10052 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 10053 break; 10054 10055 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 10056 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 10057 // a declaration. 10058 // 10059 // Fall through 10060 10061 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 10062 // It's only a declaration. 10063 10064 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 10065 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 10066 // object shall be complete. 10067 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 10068 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10069 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10070 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 10071 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10072 10073 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 10074 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10075 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10076 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10077 AbstractVariableType)) 10078 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10079 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10080 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 10081 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 10082 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 10083 } 10084 10085 return; 10086 10087 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 10088 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 10089 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 10090 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 10091 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 10092 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 10093 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 10094 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 10095 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 10096 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 10097 ArrayT->getElementType(), 10098 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 10099 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10100 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 10101 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 10102 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 10103 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 10104 // NOTE: code such as the following 10105 // static struct s; 10106 // struct s { int a; }; 10107 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 10108 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 10109 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 10110 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 10111 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10112 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 10113 } 10114 } 10115 10116 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 10117 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 10118 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 10119 return; 10120 } 10121 10122 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 10123 // definitions with incomplete array type. 10124 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 10125 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 10126 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 10127 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10128 return; 10129 } 10130 10131 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 10132 // definitions with reference type. 10133 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 10134 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 10135 << Var->getDeclName() 10136 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 10137 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10138 return; 10139 } 10140 10141 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 10142 // variable with dependent type. 10143 if (Type->isDependentType()) 10144 return; 10145 10146 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 10147 return; 10148 10149 if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 10150 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 10151 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 10152 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 10153 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10154 return; 10155 } 10156 } else { 10157 return; 10158 } 10159 10160 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 10161 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10162 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10163 AbstractVariableType)) { 10164 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10165 return; 10166 } 10167 10168 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 10169 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 10170 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 10171 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 10172 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 10173 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 10174 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 10175 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 10176 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 10177 // types and is declared without an initializer. 10178 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 10179 if (const RecordType *Record 10180 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 10181 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 10182 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 10183 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 10184 // incompatibilities with C++98. 10185 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 10186 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 10187 } 10188 } 10189 10190 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 10191 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 10192 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 10193 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 10194 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 10195 // type shall have a user-declared default 10196 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 10197 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 10198 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 10199 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 10200 // program is ill-formed. 10201 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 10202 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 10203 // default-initialized; [...]. 10204 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 10205 InitializationKind Kind 10206 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 10207 10208 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 10209 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 10210 if (Init.isInvalid()) 10211 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10212 else if (Init.get()) { 10213 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 10214 // This is important for template substitution. 10215 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 10216 } 10217 10218 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 10219 } 10220 } 10221 10222 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 10223 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Ignore it. 10224 if (!D) 10225 return; 10226 10227 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 10228 if (!VD) { 10229 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 10230 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10231 return; 10232 } 10233 10234 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 10235 10236 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 10237 int Error = -1; 10238 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 10239 case SC_None: 10240 break; 10241 case SC_Extern: 10242 Error = 0; 10243 break; 10244 case SC_Static: 10245 Error = 1; 10246 break; 10247 case SC_PrivateExtern: 10248 Error = 2; 10249 break; 10250 case SC_Auto: 10251 Error = 3; 10252 break; 10253 case SC_Register: 10254 Error = 4; 10255 break; 10256 } 10257 if (Error != -1) { 10258 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 10259 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 10260 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10261 } 10262 } 10263 10264 StmtResult 10265 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 10266 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 10267 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 10268 SourceLocation AttrEnd) { 10269 // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1: 10270 // A range-based for statement of the form 10271 // for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 10272 // is equivalent to 10273 // for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 10274 DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 10275 10276 const char *PrevSpec; 10277 unsigned DiagID; 10278 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID, 10279 getPrintingPolicy()); 10280 10281 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext); 10282 D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc); 10283 D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd); 10284 10285 ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 10286 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false), 10287 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc); 10288 Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D); 10289 cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 10290 FinalizeDeclaration(Var); 10291 return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc, 10292 AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc); 10293 } 10294 10295 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 10296 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 10297 10298 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 10299 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Every block variable declaration must have an 10300 // initialiser 10301 if (var->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->isBlockPointerType() && 10302 !var->hasInit()) { 10303 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) 10304 << 1 /*Init*/; 10305 var->setInvalidDecl(); 10306 return; 10307 } 10308 } 10309 10310 // In Objective-C, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 10311 // local retaining variable. 10312 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 10313 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 10314 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 10315 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 10316 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 10317 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 10318 break; 10319 10320 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 10321 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 10322 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 10323 break; 10324 } 10325 } 10326 10327 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a 10328 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global 10329 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for 10330 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can 10331 // change if it's later given a typedef name. 10332 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 10333 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && 10334 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 10335 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 10336 var->getLocation())) { 10337 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 10338 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 10339 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 10340 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 10341 10342 if (!prev) 10343 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 10344 } 10345 10346 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) { 10347 const Expr *Culprit; 10348 if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 10349 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 10350 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 10351 // have a non-trivial destructor. 10352 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 10353 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 10354 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 10355 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit() && 10356 !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 10357 Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &Culprit)) { 10358 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 10359 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 10360 // initialization. 10361 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 10362 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init) 10363 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 10364 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 10365 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 10366 } 10367 } 10368 10369 // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables. 10370 bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage(); 10371 if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 10372 ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 10373 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr; 10374 int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read; 10375 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) 10376 Stack = &ConstSegStack; 10377 else if (!var->getInit()) { 10378 Stack = &BSSSegStack; 10379 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 10380 } else { 10381 Stack = &DataSegStack; 10382 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 10383 } 10384 if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 10385 var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 10386 Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 10387 Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation)); 10388 } 10389 if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) 10390 if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var)) 10391 var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 10392 10393 // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer. If the 10394 // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this 10395 // attribute. 10396 if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit()) 10397 var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(), 10398 CurInitSegLoc)); 10399 } 10400 10401 // All the following checks are C++ only. 10402 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 10403 10404 QualType type = var->getType(); 10405 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 10406 10407 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 10408 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 10409 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 10410 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 10411 10412 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 10413 // constructing this copy. 10414 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 10415 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated); 10416 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 10417 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 10418 ExprResult result 10419 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 10420 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 10421 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 10422 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 10423 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 10424 Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>(); 10425 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 10426 } 10427 } 10428 } 10429 10430 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 10431 bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal(); 10432 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 10433 10434 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 10435 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 10436 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 10437 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor, 10438 var->getLocation())) { 10439 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 10440 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 10441 // warned about them. 10442 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 10443 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) && 10444 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 10445 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 10446 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10447 } 10448 10449 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 10450 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 10451 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 10452 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 10453 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 10454 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 10455 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 10456 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 10457 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 10458 Notes.clear(); 10459 } 10460 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 10461 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 10462 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 10463 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 10464 } 10465 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 10466 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 10467 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 10468 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 10469 var->checkInitIsICE(); 10470 } 10471 } 10472 10473 // Require the destructor. 10474 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 10475 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 10476 } 10477 10478 /// \brief Determines if a variable's alignment is dependent. 10479 static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) { 10480 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType()) 10481 return true; 10482 for (auto *I : VD->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) 10483 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 10484 return true; 10485 return false; 10486 } 10487 10488 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 10489 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 10490 void 10491 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 10492 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 10493 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 10494 10495 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 10496 if (!VD) 10497 return; 10498 10499 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); 10500 10501 // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable 10502 // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check 10503 // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints). 10504 if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) { 10505 // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and 10506 // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case). 10507 if (VD->getTLSKind() && !hasDependentAlignment(VD)) { 10508 CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign); 10509 if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) { 10510 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum) 10511 << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD 10512 << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity(); 10513 } 10514 } 10515 } 10516 10517 if (VD->isStaticLocal()) { 10518 if (FunctionDecl *FD = 10519 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) { 10520 // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function. 10521 if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) { 10522 auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext())); 10523 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 10524 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 10525 } 10526 // CUDA E.2.9.4: Within the body of a __device__ or __global__ 10527 // function, only __shared__ variables may be declared with 10528 // static storage class. 10529 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice && 10530 (FD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || FD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) && 10531 !VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>()) { 10532 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_device_static_local_var); 10533 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10534 } 10535 } 10536 } 10537 10538 // Perform check for initializers of device-side global variables. 10539 // CUDA allows empty constructors as initializers (see E.2.3.1, CUDA 10540 // 7.5). We must also apply the same checks to all __shared__ 10541 // variables whether they are local or not. CUDA also allows 10542 // constant initializers for __constant__ and __device__ variables. 10543 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice) { 10544 const Expr *Init = VD->getInit(); 10545 if (Init && VD->hasGlobalStorage() && 10546 (VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>() || 10547 VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>())) { 10548 assert((!VD->isStaticLocal() || VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>())); 10549 bool AllowedInit = false; 10550 if (const CXXConstructExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) 10551 AllowedInit = 10552 isEmptyCudaConstructor(VD->getLocation(), CE->getConstructor()); 10553 // We'll allow constant initializers even if it's a non-empty 10554 // constructor according to CUDA rules. This deviates from NVCC, 10555 // but allows us to handle things like constexpr constructors. 10556 if (!AllowedInit && 10557 (VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) 10558 AllowedInit = VD->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 10559 Context, VD->getType()->isReferenceType()); 10560 10561 // Also make sure that destructor, if there is one, is empty. 10562 if (AllowedInit) 10563 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = VD->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 10564 AllowedInit = 10565 isEmptyCudaDestructor(VD->getLocation(), RD->getDestructor()); 10566 10567 if (!AllowedInit) { 10568 Diag(VD->getLocation(), VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() 10569 ? diag::err_shared_var_init 10570 : diag::err_dynamic_var_init) 10571 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10572 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10573 } 10574 } 10575 } 10576 10577 // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl. 10578 const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD); 10579 10580 // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line. 10581 if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) { 10582 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() && 10583 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10584 // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members 10585 // with a warning. 10586 CXXRecordDecl *Context = 10587 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext()); 10588 bool IsClassTemplateMember = 10589 isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) || 10590 Context->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 10591 10592 Diag(VD->getLocation(), 10593 IsClassTemplateMember 10594 ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition 10595 : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition); 10596 Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 10597 if (!IsClassTemplateMember) 10598 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10599 } 10600 } 10601 10602 // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index 10603 // isn't exported with the variable. 10604 if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) { 10605 auto *F = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod()); 10606 if (F && getDLLAttr(F)) { 10607 assert(VD->isStaticLocal()); 10608 // But if this is a static local in a dlimport/dllexport function, the 10609 // function will never be inlined, which means the var would never be 10610 // imported, so having it marked import/export is safe. 10611 } else { 10612 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD 10613 << DLLAttr; 10614 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10615 } 10616 } 10617 10618 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 10619 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10620 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr; 10621 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 10622 } 10623 } 10624 10625 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 10626 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 10627 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 10628 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 10629 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 10630 10631 // FIXME: Warn on unused templates. 10632 if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() && 10633 !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD)) 10634 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 10635 10636 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 10637 // tag values. 10638 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 10639 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 10640 return; 10641 10642 for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 10643 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 10644 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 10645 continue; 10646 } 10647 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 10648 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 10649 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 10650 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 10651 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 10652 continue; 10653 } 10654 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 10655 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 10656 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 10657 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 10658 continue; 10659 } 10660 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 10661 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 10662 MagicValue, 10663 I->getMatchingCType(), 10664 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 10665 I->getMustBeNull()); 10666 } 10667 } 10668 10669 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 10670 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 10671 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 10672 10673 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 10674 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 10675 10676 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 10677 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 10678 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 10679 if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) 10680 if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 10681 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 10682 Decls.push_back(D); 10683 } 10684 10685 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 10686 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 10687 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 10688 if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup && !Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && 10689 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10690 Context.addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(Tag, FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 10691 } 10692 } 10693 10694 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType()); 10695 } 10696 10697 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 10698 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 10699 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 10700 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group, 10701 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 10702 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 10703 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 10704 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 10705 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 10706 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 10707 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 10708 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 10709 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) { 10710 QualType Deduced; 10711 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 10712 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr; 10713 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 10714 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 10715 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 10716 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 10717 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 10718 break; 10719 QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType(); 10720 if (!U.isNull()) { 10721 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 10722 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 10723 Deduced = U; 10724 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 10725 DeducedDecl = D; 10726 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 10727 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 10728 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 10729 << (unsigned)AT->getKeyword() 10730 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 10731 << U << D->getDeclName() 10732 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 10733 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 10734 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10735 break; 10736 } 10737 } 10738 } 10739 } 10740 } 10741 10742 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 10743 10744 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 10745 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 10746 } 10747 10748 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 10749 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 10750 } 10751 10752 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 10753 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 10754 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 10755 return; 10756 10757 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 10758 Group[0]->getLocation()) && 10759 Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name, 10760 Group[0]->getLocation())) 10761 return; 10762 10763 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 10764 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 10765 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 10766 // additional declaration references: 10767 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 10768 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 10769 // 'struct S *pS;' 10770 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 10771 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 10772 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 10773 Group = Group.slice(1); 10774 } 10775 } 10776 10777 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 10778 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 10779 if (!Comments.empty() && 10780 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 10781 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 10782 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 10783 // 10784 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 10785 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 10786 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 10787 // ahead through comments. 10788 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 10789 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 10790 } 10791 } 10792 10793 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 10794 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 10795 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 10796 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 10797 10798 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 10799 10800 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 10801 StorageClass SC = SC_None; 10802 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 10803 SC = SC_Register; 10804 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10805 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 10806 SC = SC_Auto; 10807 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 10808 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 10809 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 10810 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 10811 } 10812 10813 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 10814 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 10815 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 10816 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 10817 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 10818 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 10819 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 10820 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 10821 << 0; 10822 if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) 10823 Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 10824 10825 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 10826 10827 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 10828 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 10829 10830 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10831 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 10832 // parameter. 10833 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 10834 10835 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 10836 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 10837 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 10838 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 10839 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 10840 } 10841 } 10842 10843 // Ensure we have a valid name 10844 IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr; 10845 if (D.hasName()) { 10846 II = D.getIdentifier(); 10847 if (!II) { 10848 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 10849 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 10850 D.setInvalidType(true); 10851 } 10852 } 10853 10854 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 10855 if (II) { 10856 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 10857 ForRedeclaration); 10858 LookupName(R, S); 10859 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 10860 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 10861 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 10862 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 10863 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 10864 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 10865 PrevDecl = nullptr; 10866 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 10867 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 10868 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10869 10870 // Recover by removing the name 10871 II = nullptr; 10872 D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 10873 D.setInvalidType(true); 10874 } 10875 } 10876 } 10877 10878 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 10879 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 10880 // looking like class members in C++. 10881 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 10882 D.getLocStart(), 10883 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 10884 parmDeclType, TInfo, 10885 SC); 10886 10887 if (D.isInvalidType()) 10888 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10889 10890 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 10891 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 10892 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 10893 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 10894 10895 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 10896 S->AddDecl(New); 10897 if (II) 10898 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 10899 10900 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 10901 10902 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 10903 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 10904 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 10905 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 10906 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 10907 10908 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 10909 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 10910 } 10911 return New; 10912 } 10913 10914 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 10915 /// typedef. 10916 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 10917 SourceLocation Loc, 10918 QualType T) { 10919 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 10920 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 10921 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 10922 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr, 10923 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 10924 SC_None, nullptr); 10925 Param->setImplicit(); 10926 return Param; 10927 } 10928 10929 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters) { 10930 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 10931 // will already have done so in the template itself. 10932 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 10933 return; 10934 10935 for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) { 10936 if (!Parameter->isReferenced() && Parameter->getDeclName() && 10937 !Parameter->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 10938 Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 10939 << Parameter->getDeclName(); 10940 } 10941 } 10942 } 10943 10944 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue( 10945 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters, QualType ReturnTy, NamedDecl *D) { 10946 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 10947 return; 10948 10949 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 10950 // threshold. 10951 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 10952 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 10953 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 10954 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 10955 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 10956 } 10957 10958 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 10959 // threshold. 10960 for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) { 10961 QualType T = Parameter->getType(); 10962 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 10963 continue; 10964 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 10965 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 10966 Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 10967 << Parameter->getDeclName() << Size; 10968 } 10969 } 10970 10971 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 10972 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 10973 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 10974 StorageClass SC) { 10975 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 10976 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 10977 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 10978 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 10979 10980 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 10981 10982 // Special cases for arrays: 10983 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 10984 // - otherwise, it's an error 10985 if (T->isArrayType()) { 10986 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 10987 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 10988 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 10989 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 10990 } 10991 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 10992 } else { 10993 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 10994 } 10995 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 10996 } 10997 10998 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 10999 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 11000 TSInfo, SC, nullptr); 11001 11002 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 11003 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 11004 // the class has been completely parsed. 11005 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 11006 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 11007 AbstractParamType)) 11008 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11009 11010 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 11011 // passed by reference. 11012 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 11013 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = 11014 getLocForEndOfToken(TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd()); 11015 Diag(NameLoc, 11016 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 11017 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 11018 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 11019 New->setType(T); 11020 } 11021 11022 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 11023 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 11024 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 11025 // an address space. 11026 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 11027 // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type 11028 // to be qualified with an address space. 11029 if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) { 11030 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 11031 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11032 } 11033 } 11034 11035 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9b - Pointer to image/sampler cannot be used. 11036 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16.1 - Pointer to pipe cannot be used. 11037 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isPointerType()) { 11038 const QualType PTy = T->getPointeeType(); 11039 if (PTy->isImageType() || PTy->isSamplerT() || PTy->isPipeType()) { 11040 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_opencl_pointer_to_type) << PTy; 11041 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11042 } 11043 } 11044 11045 return New; 11046 } 11047 11048 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 11049 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 11050 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 11051 11052 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 11053 // for a K&R function. 11054 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 11055 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 11056 --i; 11057 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) { 11058 SmallString<256> Code; 11059 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) 11060 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; 11061 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 11062 << FTI.Params[i].Ident 11063 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code); 11064 11065 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 11066 // type. 11067 AttributeFactory attrs; 11068 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 11069 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 11070 unsigned DiagID; // unused 11071 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, 11072 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 11073 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 11074 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 11075 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 11076 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 11077 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 11078 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 11079 } 11080 } 11081 } 11082 } 11083 11084 Decl * 11085 Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D, 11086 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 11087 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11088 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused"); 11089 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 11090 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 11091 11092 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 11093 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists); 11094 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP, SkipBody); 11095 } 11096 11097 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D) { 11098 Consumer.HandleInlineFunctionDefinition(D); 11099 } 11100 11101 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 11102 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 11103 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 11104 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 11105 return false; 11106 11107 // Or declarations that aren't global. 11108 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 11109 return false; 11110 11111 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 11112 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 11113 return false; 11114 11115 // Don't warn about 'main'. 11116 if (FD->isMain()) 11117 return false; 11118 11119 // Don't warn about inline functions. 11120 if (FD->isInlined()) 11121 return false; 11122 11123 // Don't warn about function templates. 11124 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 11125 return false; 11126 11127 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 11128 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 11129 return false; 11130 11131 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 11132 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 11133 return false; 11134 11135 // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions. 11136 if (FD->isDeleted()) 11137 return false; 11138 11139 bool MissingPrototype = true; 11140 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 11141 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 11142 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 11143 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 11144 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11145 continue; 11146 11147 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 11148 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 11149 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 11150 break; 11151 } 11152 11153 return MissingPrototype; 11154 } 11155 11156 void 11157 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 11158 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition, 11159 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11160 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 11161 // was an extern inline function. 11162 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 11163 if (!Definition) 11164 if (!FD->isDefined(Definition)) 11165 return; 11166 11167 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 11168 return; 11169 11170 // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or 11171 // a template, skip the new definition. 11172 if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) && 11173 (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 11174 Definition->isInlined() || 11175 Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() || 11176 Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) { 11177 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 11178 if (auto *TD = Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 11179 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(TD, FD->getLocation()); 11180 else 11181 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition), 11182 FD->getLocation()); 11183 return; 11184 } 11185 11186 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 11187 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 11188 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 11189 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 11190 else 11191 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 11192 11193 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11194 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11195 } 11196 11197 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 11198 Sema &S) { 11199 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 11200 11201 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); 11202 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 11203 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 11204 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); 11205 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 11206 11207 if (LCD == LCD_None) 11208 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 11209 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 11210 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 11211 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 11212 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 11213 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 11214 11215 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 11216 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 11217 11218 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already 11219 // captured within tryCaptureVar. 11220 auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin(); 11221 for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) { 11222 if (C.capturesVariable()) { 11223 VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar(); 11224 if (VD->isInitCapture()) 11225 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); 11226 QualType CaptureType = VD->getType(); 11227 const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; 11228 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, 11229 /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(), 11230 /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion() 11231 ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), 11232 CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr); 11233 11234 } else if (C.capturesThis()) { 11235 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), 11236 /*Expr*/ nullptr, 11237 C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis); 11238 } else { 11239 LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType()); 11240 } 11241 ++I; 11242 } 11243 } 11244 11245 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D, 11246 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11247 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 11248 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 11249 11250 if (!D) 11251 return D; 11252 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; 11253 11254 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 11255 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 11256 else 11257 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 11258 11259 // See if this is a redefinition. 11260 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) { 11261 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, nullptr, SkipBody); 11262 11263 // If we're skipping the body, we're done. Don't enter the scope. 11264 if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip) 11265 return D; 11266 } 11267 11268 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 11269 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 11270 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 11271 // LambdaScopeInfo. 11272 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 11273 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 11274 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 11275 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 11276 // have the LSI properly restored. 11277 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 11278 assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() && 11279 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 11280 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 11281 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 11282 } 11283 else 11284 // Enter a new function scope 11285 PushFunctionScope(); 11286 11287 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 11288 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 11289 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 11290 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 11291 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 11292 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11293 } 11294 } 11295 11296 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 11297 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 11298 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); 11299 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 11300 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 11301 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 11302 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 11303 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11304 11305 if (FnBodyScope) 11306 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 11307 11308 // Check the validity of our function parameters 11309 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->parameters(), 11310 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 11311 11312 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 11313 for (auto Param : FD->parameters()) { 11314 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 11315 11316 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 11317 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 11318 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 11319 11320 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 11321 } 11322 } 11323 11324 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 11325 // introduce them into the function scope. 11326 if (FnBodyScope) { 11327 for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator 11328 I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 11329 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); 11330 I != E; ++I) { 11331 NamedDecl *D = *I; 11332 11333 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the 11334 // translation unit for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove 11335 // from the translation unit and reattach to the current context. 11336 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 11337 // Is the decl actually in the context? 11338 if (Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->containsDecl(D)) 11339 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 11340 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 11341 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 11342 } 11343 11344 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 11345 if (!D->getName().empty()) 11346 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 11347 11348 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 11349 // accessible in this scope. 11350 if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 11351 for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators()) 11352 PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 11353 } 11354 } 11355 } 11356 11357 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 11358 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 11359 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 11360 11361 // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions. 11362 if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() && 11363 !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) { 11364 assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()); 11365 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition); 11366 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11367 return D; 11368 } 11369 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 11370 // a function template). 11371 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 11372 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 11373 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl && 11374 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation) 11375 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container); 11376 11377 return D; 11378 } 11379 11380 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 11381 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 11382 /// optimization. 11383 /// 11384 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 11385 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 11386 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 11387 /// use the named return value optimization. 11388 /// 11389 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 11390 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that 11391 /// candidate is an NRVO variable. 11392 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 11393 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 11394 11395 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 11396 if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) { 11397 if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable()) 11398 Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr); 11399 } 11400 } 11401 } 11402 11403 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) { 11404 // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet). 11405 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 11406 return false; 11407 11408 // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced 11409 // return type (yet). 11410 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) { 11411 // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type, 11412 // we can still delay parsing it. 11413 if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) { 11414 const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); 11415 if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 11416 Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) { 11417 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType()); 11418 return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType(); 11419 } 11420 } 11421 return false; 11422 } 11423 11424 return true; 11425 } 11426 11427 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 11428 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 11429 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 11430 // rest of the file. 11431 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 11432 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 11433 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) 11434 if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 11435 return false; 11436 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); 11437 } 11438 11439 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 11440 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 11441 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 11442 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 11443 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 11444 return Decl; 11445 } 11446 11447 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 11448 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 11449 } 11450 11451 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 11452 bool IsInstantiation) { 11453 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr; 11454 11455 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 11456 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr; 11457 11458 if (getLangOpts().Coroutines && !getCurFunction()->CoroutineStmts.empty()) 11459 CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FD, Body); 11460 11461 if (FD) { 11462 FD->setBody(Body); 11463 11464 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { 11465 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && !FD->isDependentContext() && 11466 FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 11467 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 11468 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 11469 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 11470 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 11471 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 11472 << FD->getReturnType(); 11473 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11474 } else { 11475 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 11476 TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD); 11477 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 11478 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 11479 } 11480 } 11481 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) { 11482 // In C++11, we don't use 'auto' deduction rules for lambda call 11483 // operators because we don't support return type deduction. 11484 auto *LSI = getCurLambda(); 11485 if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) { 11486 deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI); 11487 11488 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4: 11489 // [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement 11490 // [the deduced type is] the type void 11491 QualType RetType = 11492 LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType; 11493 11494 // Update the return type to the deduced type. 11495 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = 11496 FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 11497 FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(), 11498 Proto->getExtProtoInfo())); 11499 } 11500 } 11501 11502 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 11503 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 11504 // is the first declaration. 11505 if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 11506 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 11507 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 11508 else if (FD->isInlined() && 11509 !LangOpts.GNUInline && 11510 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 11511 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 11512 } 11513 11514 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 11515 // don't complain about missing return statements. 11516 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 11517 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 11518 11519 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 11520 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. 11521 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl()) 11522 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition); 11523 11524 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 11525 // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions. 11526 if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted()) 11527 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->parameters()); 11528 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->parameters(), 11529 FD->getReturnType(), FD); 11530 11531 // If this is a structor, we need a vtable. 11532 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 11533 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 11534 else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD)) 11535 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent()); 11536 11537 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 11538 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 11539 // to deduce an implicit return type. 11540 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && 11541 !FD->isDependentContext()) 11542 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 11543 } 11544 11545 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 11546 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 11547 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 11548 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 11549 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 11550 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr; 11551 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 11552 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 11553 11554 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 11555 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 11556 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 11557 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = 11558 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 11559 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 11560 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 11561 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 11562 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 11563 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 11564 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 11565 } 11566 } 11567 } 11568 11569 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 11570 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction; 11571 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) && 11572 MD->isVirtual() && 11573 (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) && 11574 MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) { 11575 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 11576 if (FD->isInlined() && 11577 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 11578 Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD); 11579 11580 // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we 11581 // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively. 11582 KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent()); 11583 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 11584 if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition)) 11585 MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 11586 } else { 11587 // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used. 11588 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 11589 } 11590 } 11591 } 11592 11593 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 11594 "Function parsing confused"); 11595 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 11596 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 11597 MD->setBody(Body); 11598 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 11599 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->parameters()); 11600 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->parameters(), 11601 MD->getReturnType(), MD); 11602 11603 if (Body) 11604 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 11605 } 11606 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 11607 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 11608 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 11609 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 11610 } 11611 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { 11612 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr; 11613 bool isDesignated = 11614 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); 11615 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); 11616 (void)isDesignated; 11617 11618 auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { 11619 auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); 11620 if (!IFace) 11621 return false; 11622 auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass(); 11623 if (!SuperD) 11624 return false; 11625 return SuperD->getIdentifier() == 11626 NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject); 11627 }; 11628 // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses 11629 // of NSObject. 11630 if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) { 11631 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 11632 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); 11633 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), 11634 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); 11635 } 11636 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; 11637 } 11638 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { 11639 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. 11640 if (!MD->isUnavailable()) 11641 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 11642 diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); 11643 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; 11644 } 11645 } else { 11646 return nullptr; 11647 } 11648 11649 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 11650 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 11651 "handled in the block above."); 11652 11653 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 11654 if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) { 11655 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 11656 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 11657 // Verify this. 11658 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 11659 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 11660 11661 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 11662 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 11663 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 11664 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 11665 11666 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 11667 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 11668 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 11669 11670 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 11671 Destructor->getParent()); 11672 } 11673 11674 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 11675 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 11676 // deletion in some later function. 11677 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 11678 getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 11679 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 11680 } 11681 if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 11682 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 11683 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 11684 // enabled. 11685 ActivePolicy = &WP; 11686 } 11687 11688 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 11689 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 11690 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 11691 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11692 11693 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) { 11694 for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) { 11695 if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) { 11696 Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function); 11697 Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 11698 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11699 break; 11700 } 11701 } 11702 } 11703 11704 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() == 11705 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects && 11706 "Leftover temporaries in function"); 11707 assert(!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 11708 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 11709 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 11710 } 11711 11712 if (!IsInstantiation) 11713 PopDeclContext(); 11714 11715 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 11716 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 11717 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 11718 // deletion in some later function. 11719 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 11720 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 11721 } 11722 11723 return dcl; 11724 } 11725 11726 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 11727 /// relevant Decl. 11728 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 11729 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 11730 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 11731 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 11732 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 11733 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 11734 11735 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 11736 if (Method->isStatic()) 11737 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 11738 } 11739 11740 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 11741 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 11742 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 11743 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 11744 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 11745 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 11746 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 11747 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 11748 if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) { 11749 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev; 11750 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11751 return ExternCPrev; 11752 } 11753 11754 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 11755 unsigned diag_id; 11756 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 11757 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 11758 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 11759 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 11760 else 11761 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 11762 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 11763 11764 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 11765 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 11766 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 11767 TypoCorrection Corrected; 11768 if (S && 11769 (Corrected = CorrectTypo( 11770 DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr, 11771 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError))) 11772 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 11773 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 11774 } 11775 11776 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 11777 const char *Dummy; 11778 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 11779 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 11780 unsigned DiagID; 11781 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, 11782 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 11783 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 11784 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 11785 SourceLocation NoLoc; 11786 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 11787 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 11788 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 11789 /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 11790 /*Params=*/nullptr, 11791 /*NumParams=*/0, 11792 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 11793 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 11794 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 11795 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 11796 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11797 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11798 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11799 /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11800 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 11801 EST_None, 11802 /*ESpecRange=*/SourceRange(), 11803 /*Exceptions=*/nullptr, 11804 /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr, 11805 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 11806 /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr, 11807 /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr, 11808 Loc, Loc, D), 11809 DS.getAttributes(), 11810 SourceLocation()); 11811 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 11812 11813 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 11814 11815 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 11816 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 11817 11818 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 11819 FD->setImplicit(); 11820 11821 CurContext = PrevDC; 11822 11823 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 11824 11825 return FD; 11826 } 11827 11828 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 11829 /// the declaration of this function. 11830 /// 11831 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 11832 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 11833 /// like NSLog or printf. 11834 /// 11835 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 11836 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 11837 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 11838 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 11839 return; 11840 11841 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 11842 // actual attributes. 11843 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 11844 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 11845 unsigned FormatIdx; 11846 bool HasVAListArg; 11847 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 11848 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 11849 const char *fmt = "printf"; 11850 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 11851 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 11852 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 11853 fmt = "NSString"; 11854 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11855 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 11856 FormatIdx+1, 11857 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 11858 FD->getLocation())); 11859 } 11860 } 11861 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 11862 HasVAListArg)) { 11863 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 11864 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11865 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 11866 FormatIdx+1, 11867 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 11868 FD->getLocation())); 11869 } 11870 11871 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 11872 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 11873 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 11874 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 11875 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 11876 if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 11877 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11878 } 11879 11880 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 11881 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 11882 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11883 FD->getLocation())); 11884 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 11885 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11886 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPure(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<PureAttr>()) 11887 FD->addAttr(PureAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11888 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 11889 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11890 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID) && 11891 !FD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && !FD->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()) { 11892 // Add the appropriate attribute, depending on the CUDA compilation mode 11893 // and which target the builtin belongs to. For example, during host 11894 // compilation, aux builtins are __device__, while the rest are __host__. 11895 if (getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice != 11896 Context.BuiltinInfo.isAuxBuiltinID(BuiltinID)) 11897 FD->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11898 else 11899 FD->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11900 } 11901 } 11902 11903 // If C++ exceptions are enabled but we are told extern "C" functions cannot 11904 // throw, add an implicit nothrow attribute to any extern "C" function we come 11905 // across. 11906 if (getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && getLangOpts().ExternCNoUnwind && 11907 FD->isExternC() && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) { 11908 const auto *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 11909 if (!FPT || FPT->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) 11910 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11911 } 11912 11913 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 11914 if (!Name) 11915 return; 11916 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11917 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 11918 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 11919 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 11920 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 11921 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 11922 // about. 11923 } else 11924 return; 11925 11926 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 11927 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 11928 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 11929 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 11930 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11931 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 11932 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, 11933 FD->getLocation())); 11934 } 11935 11936 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 11937 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 11938 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 11939 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 11940 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1, 11941 FD->getLocation())); 11942 } 11943 } 11944 11945 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 11946 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 11947 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 11948 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 11949 11950 if (!TInfo) { 11951 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 11952 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 11953 } 11954 11955 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 11956 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 11957 D.getLocStart(), 11958 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 11959 D.getIdentifier(), 11960 TInfo); 11961 11962 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 11963 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 11964 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 11965 return NewTD; 11966 } 11967 11968 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 11969 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11970 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 11971 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 11972 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 11973 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 11974 else 11975 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 11976 } 11977 11978 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 11979 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 11980 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 11981 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 11982 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 11983 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 11984 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 11985 case TST_enum: 11986 case TST_struct: 11987 case TST_interface: 11988 case TST_union: 11989 case TST_class: { 11990 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 11991 setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 11992 break; 11993 } 11994 11995 default: 11996 break; 11997 } 11998 11999 return NewTD; 12000 } 12001 12002 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 12003 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 12004 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 12005 QualType T = TI->getType(); 12006 12007 if (T->isDependentType()) 12008 return false; 12009 12010 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 12011 if (BT->isInteger()) 12012 return false; 12013 12014 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 12015 return true; 12016 } 12017 12018 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 12019 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 12020 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration( 12021 SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 12022 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, const EnumDecl *Prev) { 12023 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 12024 12025 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 12026 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 12027 << Prev->isScoped(); 12028 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12029 return true; 12030 } 12031 12032 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 12033 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 12034 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 12035 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 12036 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 12037 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. 12038 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 12039 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 12040 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 12041 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); 12042 return true; 12043 } 12044 } else if (IsFixed && !Prev->isFixed() && EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit) { 12045 ; 12046 } else if (!IsFixed && Prev->isFixed() && !Prev->getIntegerTypeSourceInfo()) { 12047 ; 12048 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 12049 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 12050 << Prev->isFixed(); 12051 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12052 return true; 12053 } 12054 12055 return false; 12056 } 12057 12058 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 12059 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 12060 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 12061 /// 12062 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 12063 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 12064 switch (Tag) { 12065 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 12066 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 12067 case TTK_Class: return 2; 12068 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 12069 } 12070 } 12071 12072 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 12073 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 12074 /// 12075 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 12076 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 12077 { 12078 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 12079 } 12080 12081 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 12082 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 12083 /// 12084 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 12085 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 12086 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 12087 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 12088 const IdentifierInfo *Name) { 12089 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 12090 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 12091 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 12092 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 12093 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 12094 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 12095 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 12096 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 12097 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 12098 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 12099 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 12100 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 12101 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 12102 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 12103 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 12104 if (OldTag == NewTag) 12105 return true; 12106 12107 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 12108 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 12109 bool isTemplate = false; 12110 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 12111 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 12112 12113 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 12114 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 12115 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 12116 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 12117 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 12118 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 12119 return true; 12120 } 12121 12122 if (isDefinition) { 12123 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 12124 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 12125 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 12126 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 12127 return true; 12128 } 12129 12130 bool previousMismatch = false; 12131 for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) { 12132 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 12133 if (!previousMismatch) { 12134 previousMismatch = true; 12135 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 12136 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 12137 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 12138 } 12139 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 12140 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 12141 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 12142 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 12143 } 12144 } 12145 return true; 12146 } 12147 12148 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 12149 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 12150 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 12151 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 12152 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 12153 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 12154 return true; 12155 } 12156 12157 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 12158 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 12159 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 12160 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 12161 12162 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. 12163 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 12164 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 12165 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 12166 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 12167 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 12168 } 12169 12170 return true; 12171 } 12172 return false; 12173 } 12174 12175 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name 12176 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration. 12177 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet: 12178 /// namespace N { 12179 /// struct X; 12180 /// namespace M { 12181 /// struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; }; 12182 /// } 12183 /// } 12184 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S, 12185 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 12186 // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see 12187 // if we get the same namespace back. If we do not, continue until 12188 // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS. 12189 SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces; 12190 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 12191 for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) { 12192 // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by 12193 // other namespaces. Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain. 12194 NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 12195 if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace()) 12196 return FixItHint(); 12197 IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier(); 12198 Namespaces.push_back(II); 12199 NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName( 12200 S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName); 12201 if (Lookup == Namespace) 12202 break; 12203 } 12204 12205 // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and 12206 // build an NNS. 12207 SmallString<64> Insertion; 12208 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion); 12209 if (DC->isTranslationUnit()) 12210 OS << "::"; 12211 std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end()); 12212 for (auto *II : Namespaces) 12213 OS << II->getName() << "::"; 12214 return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion); 12215 } 12216 12217 /// \brief Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can 12218 /// be redeclared with an unqualfied name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup 12219 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a 12220 /// using-declaration). 12221 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC, 12222 DeclContext *NewDC) { 12223 OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext(); 12224 NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext(); 12225 12226 if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC)) 12227 return true; 12228 12229 // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either 12230 // encloses the other). 12231 if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && 12232 (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC))) 12233 return true; 12234 12235 return false; 12236 } 12237 12238 /// Find the DeclContext in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 12239 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 12240 /// nothing. 12241 static DeclContext *getTagInjectionContext(DeclContext *DC) { 12242 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 12243 DC = DC->getParent(); 12244 return DC; 12245 } 12246 12247 /// Find the Scope in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 12248 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 12249 /// nothing. 12250 static Scope *getTagInjectionScope(Scope *S, const LangOptions &LangOpts) { 12251 while (S->isClassScope() || 12252 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 12253 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 12254 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 12255 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 12256 S = S->getParent(); 12257 return S; 12258 } 12259 12260 /// \brief This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 12261 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 12262 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 12263 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 12264 /// 12265 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or 12266 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. 12267 /// 12268 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should 12269 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration. 12270 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 12271 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 12272 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 12273 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 12274 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 12275 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 12276 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 12277 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 12278 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 12279 TypeResult UnderlyingType, 12280 bool IsTypeSpecifier, SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 12281 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 12282 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 12283 assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 12284 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 12285 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 12286 12287 OwnedDecl = false; 12288 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 12289 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 12290 12291 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 12292 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 12293 bool Invalid = false; 12294 12295 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 12296 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 12297 // for non-C++ cases. 12298 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 12299 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 12300 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 12301 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 12302 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists, 12303 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) { 12304 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 12305 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 12306 return nullptr; 12307 } 12308 12309 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 12310 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 12311 // be a member of another template). 12312 12313 if (Invalid) 12314 return nullptr; 12315 12316 OwnedDecl = false; 12317 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 12318 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 12319 TemplateParams, AS, 12320 ModulePrivateLoc, 12321 /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(), 12322 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 12323 TemplateParameterLists.data(), 12324 SkipBody); 12325 return Result.get(); 12326 } else { 12327 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 12328 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 12329 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 12330 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 12331 } 12332 } 12333 } 12334 12335 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 12336 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 12337 // redeclaration. 12338 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 12339 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = false; 12340 12341 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 12342 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 12343 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 12344 // type, default to int. 12345 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12346 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 12347 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 12348 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 12349 TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr; 12350 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 12351 EnumUnderlying = TI; 12352 12353 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 12354 // Recover by falling back to int. 12355 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12356 12357 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 12358 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 12359 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12360 12361 } else if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 12362 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat || TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12363 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 12364 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12365 EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = true; 12366 } 12367 } 12368 } 12369 12370 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 12371 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 12372 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 12373 12374 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 12375 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 12376 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 12377 12378 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 12379 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 12380 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 12381 12382 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 12383 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 12384 Name = nullptr; 12385 goto CreateNewDecl; 12386 } 12387 12388 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 12389 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 12390 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 12391 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 12392 if (!DC) { 12393 IsDependent = true; 12394 return nullptr; 12395 } 12396 } else { 12397 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 12398 if (!DC) { 12399 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 12400 << SS.getRange(); 12401 return nullptr; 12402 } 12403 } 12404 12405 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 12406 return nullptr; 12407 12408 SearchDC = DC; 12409 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 12410 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 12411 12412 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 12413 return nullptr; 12414 12415 if (Previous.empty()) { 12416 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 12417 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 12418 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 12419 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 12420 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 12421 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 12422 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 12423 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 12424 IsDependent = true; 12425 return nullptr; 12426 } 12427 12428 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 12429 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 12430 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 12431 Name = nullptr; 12432 Invalid = true; 12433 goto CreateNewDecl; 12434 } 12435 } else if (Name) { 12436 // C++14 [class.mem]p14: 12437 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 12438 // name different from T: 12439 // -- every member of class T that is itself a type 12440 if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 12441 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc))) 12442 return nullptr; 12443 12444 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 12445 // declaration or definition. 12446 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 12447 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 12448 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 12449 LookupName(Previous, S); 12450 12451 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 12452 // by types using'ed into this scope. 12453 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 12454 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 12455 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 12456 while (F.hasNext()) { 12457 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 12458 if (!ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 12459 SearchDC->getRedeclContext())) 12460 F.erase(); 12461 } 12462 F.done(); 12463 } 12464 12465 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 12466 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 12467 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 12468 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 12469 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 12470 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 12471 // 12472 // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag 12473 // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing 12474 // scope. They do implement this rule for friend functions. 12475 // 12476 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 12477 // semantic context? 12478 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12479 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 12480 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 12481 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 12482 while (F.hasNext()) { 12483 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 12484 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 12485 if (DC->isFileContext() && 12486 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 12487 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 12488 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 12489 else 12490 F.erase(); 12491 } 12492 } 12493 F.done(); 12494 12495 // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have 12496 // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace. 12497 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) { 12498 NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 12499 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace) 12500 << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc); 12501 } 12502 } 12503 12504 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 12505 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 12506 return nullptr; 12507 12508 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 12509 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 12510 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 12511 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 12512 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 12513 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 12514 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 12515 } 12516 } 12517 12518 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 12519 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 12520 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 12521 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 12522 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 12523 Previous.clear(); 12524 } 12525 12526 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 12527 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 12528 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 12529 isStdBadAlloc = true; 12530 12531 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 12532 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 12533 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 12534 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 12535 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 12536 } 12537 } 12538 12539 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 12540 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 12541 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 12542 // there's a shadow friend decl. 12543 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 12544 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 12545 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 12546 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 12547 12548 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 12549 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 12550 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 12551 // 12552 // class-key identifier 12553 // 12554 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 12555 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 12556 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 12557 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 12558 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 12559 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 12560 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 12561 // declaration. 12562 // 12563 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 12564 // C structs and unions. 12565 // 12566 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 12567 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 12568 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 12569 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 12570 // 12571 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 12572 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 12573 // 12574 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 12575 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 12576 // lexical context, 12577 SearchDC = getTagInjectionContext(SearchDC); 12578 12579 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 12580 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 12581 } else { 12582 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 12583 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 12584 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 12585 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 12586 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 12587 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 12588 } 12589 12590 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 12591 // diagnose some problems. 12592 // FIXME: redeclaration lookup is also used (with and without C++) to find a 12593 // hidden declaration so that we don't get ambiguity errors when using a 12594 // type declared by an elaborated-type-specifier. In C that is not correct 12595 // and we should instead merge compatible types found by lookup. 12596 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12597 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 12598 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 12599 } else { 12600 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 12601 LookupName(Previous, S); 12602 } 12603 } 12604 12605 // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it. 12606 if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous) 12607 Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous); 12608 12609 if (!Previous.empty()) { 12610 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 12611 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 12612 12613 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 12614 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 12615 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 12616 // in C++. 12617 // 12618 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 12619 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 12620 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 12621 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 12622 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12623 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12624 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 12625 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 12626 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 12627 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 12628 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 12629 PrevDecl = Tag; 12630 Previous.clear(); 12631 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 12632 Previous.resolveKind(); 12633 } 12634 } 12635 } 12636 } 12637 12638 // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must 12639 // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a 12640 // redefinition if either context is within the other. 12641 if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) { 12642 auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl); 12643 if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 12644 isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization) && 12645 !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext( 12646 *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) { 12647 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 12648 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 12649 diag::note_using_decl_target); 12650 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) 12651 << 0; 12652 // Recover by ignoring the old declaration. 12653 Previous.clear(); 12654 goto CreateNewDecl; 12655 } 12656 } 12657 12658 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12659 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 12660 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 12661 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 12662 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 12663 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 12664 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 12665 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 12666 // struct or something similar. 12667 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 12668 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 12669 Name)) { 12670 bool SafeToContinue 12671 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 12672 Kind != TTK_Enum); 12673 if (SafeToContinue) 12674 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 12675 << Name 12676 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 12677 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 12678 else 12679 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 12680 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 12681 12682 if (SafeToContinue) 12683 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 12684 else { 12685 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 12686 Name = nullptr; 12687 Previous.clear(); 12688 Invalid = true; 12689 } 12690 } 12691 12692 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 12693 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 12694 12695 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 12696 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 12697 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12698 if (ScopedEnum) 12699 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 12700 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 12701 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 12702 return PrevTagDecl; 12703 } 12704 12705 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 12706 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 12707 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 12708 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 12709 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 12710 12711 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 12712 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 12713 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 12714 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 12715 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, 12716 EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, PrevEnum)) 12717 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr; 12718 } 12719 12720 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 12721 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 12722 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 12723 // and then later defined. 12724 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 12725 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 12726 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 12727 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12728 } 12729 12730 if (!Invalid) { 12731 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless 12732 // we have attributes. 12733 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12734 if (Attr) { 12735 // FIXME: Diagnose these attributes. For now, we create a new 12736 // declaration to hold them. 12737 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference && 12738 (PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() == 12739 Decl::FOK_Undeclared || 12740 PP.getModuleContainingLocation( 12741 PrevDecl->getLocation()) != 12742 PP.getModuleContainingLocation(KWLoc)) && 12743 SS.isEmpty()) { 12744 // This declaration is a reference to an existing entity, but 12745 // has different visibility from that entity: it either makes 12746 // a friend visible or it makes a type visible in a new module. 12747 // In either case, create a new declaration. We only do this if 12748 // the declaration would have meant the same thing if no prior 12749 // declaration were found, that is, if it was found in the same 12750 // scope where we would have injected a declaration. 12751 if (!getTagInjectionContext(CurContext)->getRedeclContext() 12752 ->Equals(PrevDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 12753 return PrevTagDecl; 12754 // This is in the injected scope, create a new declaration in 12755 // that scope. 12756 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 12757 } else { 12758 return PrevTagDecl; 12759 } 12760 } 12761 12762 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 12763 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12764 if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 12765 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 12766 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 12767 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 12768 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 12769 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 12770 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 12771 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 12772 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 12773 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 12774 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 12775 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 12776 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 12777 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 12778 } 12779 12780 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 12781 if (SkipBody && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 12782 !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) { 12783 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We 12784 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and 12785 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one 12786 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and 12787 // use it in place of this one. 12788 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 12789 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, KWLoc); 12790 return Def; 12791 } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 12792 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 12793 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 12794 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 12795 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 12796 else 12797 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 12798 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12799 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 12800 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 12801 // references get the previous definition. 12802 Name = nullptr; 12803 Previous.clear(); 12804 Invalid = true; 12805 } 12806 } else { 12807 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 12808 // about a nested redefinition. 12809 auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl(); 12810 if (TD->isBeingDefined()) { 12811 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 12812 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 12813 diag::note_previous_definition); 12814 Name = nullptr; 12815 Previous.clear(); 12816 Invalid = true; 12817 } 12818 } 12819 12820 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 12821 // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 12822 } 12823 12824 // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration. If this is some kind 12825 // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC 12826 // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier. 12827 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 12828 SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext(); 12829 AS = AS_none; 12830 } 12831 } 12832 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 12833 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 12834 12835 } else { 12836 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 12837 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 12838 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 12839 // have distinct types. 12840 Previous.clear(); 12841 } 12842 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 12843 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 12844 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 12845 12846 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 12847 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 12848 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 12849 } else { 12850 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 12851 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 12852 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 12853 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 12854 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 12855 unsigned Kind = 0; 12856 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12857 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 12858 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 12859 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 12860 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 12861 Invalid = true; 12862 12863 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 12864 } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 12865 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 12866 // do nothing 12867 12868 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 12869 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12870 unsigned Kind = 0; 12871 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12872 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 12873 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 12874 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 12875 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 12876 Invalid = true; 12877 12878 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 12879 // case here. 12880 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12881 unsigned Kind = 0; 12882 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12883 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 12884 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 12885 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 12886 Invalid = true; 12887 12888 // Otherwise, diagnose. 12889 } else { 12890 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 12891 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 12892 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 12893 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12894 Name = nullptr; 12895 Invalid = true; 12896 } 12897 12898 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 12899 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 12900 Previous.clear(); 12901 } 12902 } 12903 12904 CreateNewDecl: 12905 12906 TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 12907 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 12908 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 12909 12910 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 12911 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 12912 // keyword. 12913 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 12914 12915 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 12916 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 12917 // PrevDecl. 12918 TagDecl *New; 12919 12920 bool IsForwardReference = false; 12921 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 12922 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 12923 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 12924 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12925 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 12926 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 12927 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 12928 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 12929 TagDecl *Def; 12930 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 12931 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 12932 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 12933 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 12934 } 12935 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 12936 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 12937 << New; 12938 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12939 } else { 12940 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 12941 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 12942 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 12943 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12944 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 12945 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 12946 12947 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 12948 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 12949 // the declaration context. 12950 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 12951 IsForwardReference = true; 12952 } 12953 } 12954 12955 if (EnumUnderlying) { 12956 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 12957 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 12958 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 12959 else 12960 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 12961 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 12962 } 12963 } else { 12964 // struct/union/class 12965 12966 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 12967 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 12968 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12969 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 12970 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12971 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 12972 12973 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 12974 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 12975 } else 12976 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12977 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 12978 } 12979 12980 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: 12981 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. 12982 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12983 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) 12984 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 12985 Invalid = true; 12986 } 12987 12988 // Maybe add qualifier info. 12989 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 12990 if (SS.isSet()) { 12991 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 12992 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 12993 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 12994 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 12995 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 12996 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 12997 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 12998 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc)) 12999 Invalid = true; 13000 13001 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 13002 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 13003 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParameterLists); 13004 } 13005 } 13006 else 13007 Invalid = true; 13008 } 13009 13010 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 13011 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 13012 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 13013 // 13014 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 13015 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 13016 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 13017 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 13018 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 13019 // parsing of the struct). 13020 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 13021 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 13022 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 13023 } 13024 } 13025 13026 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 13027 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 13028 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 13029 << 2 13030 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 13031 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 13032 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 13033 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 13034 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 13035 New->setModulePrivate(); 13036 } 13037 13038 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 13039 // check the specialization. 13040 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 13041 Invalid = true; 13042 13043 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, 13044 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to 13045 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 13046 if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && 13047 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 13048 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13049 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 13050 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 13051 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) { 13052 Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 13053 << Name; 13054 Invalid = true; 13055 } 13056 } else if (!PrevDecl) { 13057 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 13058 } 13059 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 13060 } 13061 13062 if (Invalid) 13063 New->setInvalidDecl(); 13064 13065 if (Attr) 13066 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 13067 13068 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 13069 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 13070 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 13071 13072 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 13073 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 13074 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 13075 // the tag name visible. 13076 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 13077 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat); 13078 13079 // Set the access specifier. 13080 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 13081 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 13082 13083 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 13084 New->startDefinition(); 13085 13086 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 13087 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 13088 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 13089 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 13090 if (PrevDecl) 13091 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 13092 13093 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 13094 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 13095 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 13096 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 13097 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 13098 } else if (Name) { 13099 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 13100 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 13101 if (IsForwardReference) 13102 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 13103 } else { 13104 CurContext->addDecl(New); 13105 } 13106 13107 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 13108 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 13109 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 13110 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 13111 II->isStr("FILE")) 13112 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 13113 13114 if (PrevDecl) 13115 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 13116 13117 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 13118 // record. 13119 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 13120 13121 OwnedDecl = true; 13122 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 13123 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 13124 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? nullptr : New; 13125 } 13126 13127 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 13128 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13129 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 13130 13131 // Enter the tag context. 13132 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 13133 13134 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 13135 13136 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 13137 // record. 13138 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 13139 } 13140 13141 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 13142 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 13143 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 13144 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 13145 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 13146 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 13147 CurContext = OCD; 13148 return IDecl; 13149 } 13150 13151 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 13152 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 13153 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 13154 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 13155 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13156 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 13157 13158 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 13159 13160 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 13161 return; 13162 13163 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 13164 Record->addAttr(new (Context) 13165 FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed)); 13166 13167 // C++ [class]p2: 13168 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 13169 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 13170 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 13171 // as if it were a public member name. 13172 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 13173 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 13174 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 13175 Record->getIdentifier(), 13176 /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, 13177 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 13178 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 13179 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 13180 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 13181 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 13182 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 13183 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 13184 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 13185 "Broken injected-class-name"); 13186 } 13187 13188 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 13189 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 13190 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13191 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 13192 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 13193 13194 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 13195 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 13196 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 13197 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 13198 RD->completeDefinition(); 13199 } 13200 13201 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 13202 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 13203 13204 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 13205 PopDeclContext(); 13206 13207 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 13208 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 13209 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 13210 13211 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 13212 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 13213 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 13214 } 13215 13216 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 13217 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 13218 PopDeclContext(); 13219 } 13220 13221 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 13222 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 13223 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 13224 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 13225 } 13226 13227 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 13228 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 13229 OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr; 13230 } 13231 13232 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 13233 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13234 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 13235 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 13236 13237 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 13238 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 13239 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 13240 RD->completeDefinition(); 13241 } 13242 13243 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 13244 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 13245 // the FieldCollector. 13246 13247 PopDeclContext(); 13248 } 13249 13250 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 13251 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 13252 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 13253 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 13254 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 13255 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 13256 if (ZeroWidth) 13257 *ZeroWidth = true; 13258 13259 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 13260 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 13261 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 13262 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 13263 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 13264 return ExprError(); 13265 if (FieldName) 13266 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 13267 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 13268 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 13269 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 13270 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 13271 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 13272 return ExprError(); 13273 13274 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 13275 // it now. 13276 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 13277 return BitWidth; 13278 13279 llvm::APSInt Value; 13280 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 13281 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 13282 return ICE; 13283 BitWidth = ICE.get(); 13284 13285 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 13286 *ZeroWidth = false; 13287 13288 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 13289 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 13290 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 13291 13292 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 13293 if (FieldName) 13294 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 13295 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 13296 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 13297 << Value.toString(10); 13298 } 13299 13300 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 13301 uint64_t TypeStorageSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 13302 uint64_t TypeWidth = Context.getIntWidth(FieldTy); 13303 bool BitfieldIsOverwide = Value.ugt(TypeWidth); 13304 13305 // Over-wide bitfields are an error in C or when using the MSVC bitfield 13306 // ABI. 13307 bool CStdConstraintViolation = 13308 BitfieldIsOverwide && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 13309 bool MSBitfieldViolation = 13310 Value.ugt(TypeStorageSize) && 13311 (IsMsStruct || Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()); 13312 if (CStdConstraintViolation || MSBitfieldViolation) { 13313 unsigned DiagWidth = 13314 CStdConstraintViolation ? TypeWidth : TypeStorageSize; 13315 if (FieldName) 13316 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13317 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 13318 << !CStdConstraintViolation << DiagWidth; 13319 13320 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13321 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << !CStdConstraintViolation 13322 << DiagWidth; 13323 } 13324 13325 // Warn on types where the user might conceivably expect to get all 13326 // specified bits as value bits: that's all integral types other than 13327 // 'bool'. 13328 if (BitfieldIsOverwide && !FieldTy->isBooleanType()) { 13329 if (FieldName) 13330 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13331 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 13332 << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 13333 else 13334 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13335 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 13336 } 13337 } 13338 13339 return BitWidth; 13340 } 13341 13342 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 13343 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 13344 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 13345 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 13346 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 13347 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 13348 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 13349 return Res; 13350 } 13351 13352 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 13353 /// 13354 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 13355 SourceLocation DeclStart, 13356 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 13357 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 13358 AccessSpecifier AS) { 13359 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 13360 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 13361 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 13362 13363 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 13364 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 13365 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13366 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 13367 13368 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 13369 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 13370 D.setInvalidType(); 13371 T = Context.IntTy; 13372 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 13373 } 13374 } 13375 13376 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 13377 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 13378 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 13379 D.setInvalidType(); 13380 } 13381 13382 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9b,r & OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The following types cannot be 13383 // used as structure or union field: image, sampler, event or block types. 13384 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && (T->isEventT() || T->isImageType() || 13385 T->isSamplerT() || T->isBlockPointerType())) { 13386 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_type_struct_or_union_field) << T; 13387 D.setInvalidType(); 13388 } 13389 13390 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 13391 13392 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 13393 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 13394 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 13395 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 13396 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 13397 diag::err_invalid_thread) 13398 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 13399 13400 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 13401 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 13402 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 13403 LookupName(Previous, S); 13404 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 13405 case LookupResult::Found: 13406 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 13407 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 13408 break; 13409 13410 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 13411 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 13412 break; 13413 13414 case LookupResult::NotFound: 13415 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 13416 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 13417 break; 13418 } 13419 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 13420 13421 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 13422 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 13423 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 13424 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 13425 PrevDecl = nullptr; 13426 } 13427 13428 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 13429 PrevDecl = nullptr; 13430 13431 bool Mutable 13432 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 13433 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 13434 FieldDecl *NewFD 13435 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 13436 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 13437 13438 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 13439 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13440 13441 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 13442 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 13443 13444 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 13445 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 13446 // with the same name in the same scope. 13447 } else if (II) { 13448 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 13449 } else 13450 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 13451 13452 return NewFD; 13453 } 13454 13455 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 13456 /// 13457 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 13458 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 13459 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 13460 /// created. 13461 /// 13462 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 13463 /// 13464 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 13465 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 13466 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 13467 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 13468 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 13469 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 13470 SourceLocation TSSL, 13471 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 13472 Declarator *D) { 13473 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 13474 bool InvalidDecl = false; 13475 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 13476 13477 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 13478 // marking this declaration as invalid. 13479 if (T.isNull()) { 13480 InvalidDecl = true; 13481 T = Context.IntTy; 13482 } 13483 13484 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 13485 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 13486 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 13487 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 13488 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13489 InvalidDecl = true; 13490 } else { 13491 NamedDecl *Def; 13492 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 13493 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 13494 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13495 InvalidDecl = true; 13496 } 13497 } 13498 } 13499 13500 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 13501 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 13502 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 13503 InvalidDecl = true; 13504 } 13505 13506 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 13507 // than a variably modified type. 13508 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 13509 bool SizeIsNegative; 13510 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 13511 13512 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 13513 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 13514 SizeIsNegative, 13515 Oversized); 13516 if (FixedTInfo) { 13517 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 13518 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 13519 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 13520 } else { 13521 if (SizeIsNegative) 13522 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 13523 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 13524 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 13525 << Oversized.toString(10); 13526 else 13527 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 13528 InvalidDecl = true; 13529 } 13530 } 13531 13532 // Fields can not have abstract class types 13533 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 13534 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 13535 AbstractFieldType)) 13536 InvalidDecl = true; 13537 13538 bool ZeroWidth = false; 13539 if (InvalidDecl) 13540 BitWidth = nullptr; 13541 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 13542 if (BitWidth) { 13543 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 13544 &ZeroWidth).get(); 13545 if (!BitWidth) { 13546 InvalidDecl = true; 13547 BitWidth = nullptr; 13548 ZeroWidth = false; 13549 } 13550 } 13551 13552 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 13553 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 13554 unsigned DiagID = 0; 13555 if (T->isReferenceType()) 13556 DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference 13557 : diag::err_mutable_reference; 13558 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 13559 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 13560 13561 if (DiagID) { 13562 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 13563 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 13564 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 13565 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 13566 if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) { 13567 Mutable = false; 13568 InvalidDecl = true; 13569 } 13570 } 13571 } 13572 13573 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 13574 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 13575 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 13576 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) 13577 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); 13578 13579 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 13580 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 13581 if (InvalidDecl) 13582 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13583 13584 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13585 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 13586 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13587 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13588 } 13589 13590 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13591 if (Record->isUnion()) { 13592 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 13593 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 13594 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 13595 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 13596 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 13597 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 13598 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 13599 // objects. 13600 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 13601 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13602 } 13603 } 13604 13605 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 13606 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 13607 // enabled. 13608 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 13609 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 13610 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 13611 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 13612 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 13613 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 13614 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13615 } 13616 } 13617 } 13618 13619 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 13620 // representation, not a parser representation. 13621 if (D) { 13622 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 13623 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 13624 13625 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 13626 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 13627 } 13628 13629 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 13630 // retainable type. 13631 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 13632 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13633 13634 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 13635 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 13636 13637 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 13638 return NewFD; 13639 } 13640 13641 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 13642 assert(FD); 13643 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 13644 13645 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 13646 return false; 13647 13648 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 13649 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 13650 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 13651 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 13652 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 13653 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 13654 // copy constructors. 13655 13656 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 13657 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 13658 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 13659 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 13660 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 13661 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 13662 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 13663 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 13664 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 13665 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 13666 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 13667 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 13668 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 13669 member = CXXDestructor; 13670 13671 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 13672 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 13673 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 13674 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 13675 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 13676 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 13677 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 13678 // members unavailable. 13679 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 13680 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 13681 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 13682 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 13683 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, Loc)); 13684 return false; 13685 } 13686 } 13687 13688 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 13689 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 13690 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 13691 << FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 13692 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 13693 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 13694 } 13695 } 13696 } 13697 13698 return false; 13699 } 13700 13701 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 13702 /// AST enum value. 13703 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 13704 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 13705 switch (ivarVisibility) { 13706 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 13707 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 13708 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 13709 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 13710 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 13711 } 13712 } 13713 13714 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 13715 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 13716 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 13717 SourceLocation DeclStart, 13718 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 13719 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 13720 13721 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 13722 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 13723 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 13724 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 13725 13726 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 13727 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 13728 13729 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 13730 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 13731 13732 if (BitWidth) { 13733 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 13734 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get(); 13735 if (!BitWidth) 13736 D.setInvalidType(); 13737 } else { 13738 // Not a bitfield. 13739 13740 // validate II. 13741 13742 } 13743 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 13744 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 13745 D.setInvalidType(); 13746 } 13747 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 13748 // than a variably modified type. 13749 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 13750 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 13751 D.setInvalidType(); 13752 } 13753 13754 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 13755 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 13756 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 13757 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 13758 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 13759 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 13760 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 13761 return nullptr; 13762 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 13763 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 13764 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13765 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 13766 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 13767 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 13768 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 13769 } 13770 else 13771 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 13772 } else { 13773 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 13774 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13775 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 13776 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 13777 return nullptr; 13778 } 13779 } 13780 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 13781 } 13782 13783 // Construct the decl. 13784 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 13785 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 13786 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 13787 13788 if (II) { 13789 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 13790 ForRedeclaration); 13791 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 13792 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13793 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 13794 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13795 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 13796 } 13797 } 13798 13799 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 13800 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 13801 13802 if (D.isInvalidType()) 13803 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 13804 13805 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 13806 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 13807 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 13808 13809 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 13810 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 13811 13812 if (II) { 13813 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 13814 // these to the interface. 13815 S->AddDecl(NewID); 13816 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 13817 } 13818 13819 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 13820 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 13821 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 13822 13823 return NewID; 13824 } 13825 13826 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 13827 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 13828 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 13829 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 13830 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 13831 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 13832 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 13833 return; 13834 13835 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 13836 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 13837 13838 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 13839 return; 13840 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 13841 if (!ID) { 13842 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 13843 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 13844 return; 13845 } 13846 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 13847 else 13848 return; 13849 } 13850 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 13851 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 13852 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 13853 13854 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 13855 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr, 13856 Context.CharTy, 13857 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 13858 DeclLoc), 13859 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 13860 true); 13861 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 13862 } 13863 13864 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 13865 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 13866 SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) { 13867 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 13868 13869 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 13870 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 13871 // it will now change. 13872 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13873 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 13874 switch (DC->getKind()) { 13875 default: break; 13876 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 13877 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 13878 break; 13879 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 13880 Context. 13881 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 13882 break; 13883 } 13884 } 13885 13886 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 13887 13888 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 13889 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 13890 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 13891 if (Record) { 13892 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 13893 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 13894 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 13895 ++NumNamedMembers; 13896 } 13897 } 13898 13899 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 13900 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 13901 13902 bool ARCErrReported = false; 13903 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 13904 i != end; ++i) { 13905 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 13906 13907 // Get the type for the field. 13908 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 13909 13910 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 13911 // Remember all fields written by the user. 13912 RecFields.push_back(FD); 13913 } 13914 13915 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 13916 // diagnostics about it. 13917 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 13918 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13919 continue; 13920 } 13921 13922 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 13923 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 13924 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 13925 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 13926 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 13927 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 13928 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 13929 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 13930 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 13931 // array. 13932 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 13933 // Field declared as a function. 13934 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 13935 << FD->getDeclName(); 13936 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13937 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13938 continue; 13939 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 13940 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 13941 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 13942 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 13943 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 13944 // Flexible array member. 13945 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 13946 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 13947 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 13948 unsigned DiagID = 0; 13949 if (Record->isUnion()) 13950 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 13951 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms 13952 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 13953 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu 13954 : diag::err_flexible_array_union; 13955 else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) 13956 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 13957 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms 13958 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 13959 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu 13960 : diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate; 13961 13962 if (DiagID) 13963 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() 13964 << Record->getTagKind(); 13965 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified 13966 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place 13967 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible 13968 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end 13969 // of the type. 13970 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) 13971 if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0) 13972 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) 13973 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 13974 if (!getLangOpts().C99) 13975 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 13976 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 13977 13978 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not 13979 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. 13980 // 13981 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete 13982 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. 13983 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 13984 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { 13985 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) 13986 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 13987 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13988 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13989 continue; 13990 } 13991 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 13992 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 13993 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 13994 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 13995 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 13996 // Incomplete type 13997 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13998 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13999 continue; 14000 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 14001 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 14002 // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a 14003 // flexible array member. 14004 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 14005 if (!Record->isUnion()) { 14006 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 14007 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 14008 // structures. 14009 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 14010 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 14011 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 14012 else { 14013 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 14014 // other structs as an extension. 14015 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 14016 << FD->getDeclName(); 14017 } 14018 } 14019 } 14020 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 14021 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 14022 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 14023 AbstractIvarType)) { 14024 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 14025 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14026 } 14027 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 14028 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 14029 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 14030 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 14031 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 14032 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 14033 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 14034 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 14035 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 14036 FD->setType(T); 14037 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported && 14038 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 14039 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 14040 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 14041 // so we just make the field unavailable. 14042 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 14043 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 14044 QualType T = FD->getType(); 14045 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 14046 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 14047 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 14048 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 14049 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 14050 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 14051 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, loc)); 14052 } 14053 } else { 14054 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 14055 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 14056 } 14057 ARCErrReported = true; 14058 } 14059 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 14060 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 14061 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 14062 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 14063 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 14064 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 14065 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 14066 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 14067 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 14068 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 14069 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 14070 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 14071 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 14072 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 14073 } 14074 } 14075 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 14076 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 14077 // Keep track of the number of named members. 14078 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 14079 ++NumNamedMembers; 14080 } 14081 14082 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 14083 if (Record) { 14084 bool Completed = false; 14085 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 14086 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 14087 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 14088 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 14089 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 14090 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 14091 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 14092 } 14093 14094 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 14095 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 14096 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 14097 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 14098 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, 14099 CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 14100 } 14101 14102 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 14103 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 14104 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 14105 14106 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 14107 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 14108 // problem now. 14109 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 14110 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 14111 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 14112 14113 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 14114 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 14115 M != MEnd; ++M) { 14116 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 14117 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 14118 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 14119 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 14120 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 14121 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 14122 continue; 14123 14124 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 14125 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 14126 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 14127 // program is ill-formed. 14128 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 14129 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 14130 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 14131 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 14132 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 14133 OM = SO->second.begin(), 14134 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 14135 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 14136 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 14137 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 14138 14139 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 14140 } 14141 } 14142 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 14143 Completed = true; 14144 } 14145 } 14146 } 14147 } 14148 14149 if (!Completed) 14150 Record->completeDefinition(); 14151 14152 if (Record->hasAttrs()) { 14153 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 14154 14155 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) 14156 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), 14157 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 14158 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 14159 } 14160 14161 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero 14162 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause 14163 // compatibility problems. 14164 bool CheckForZeroSize; 14165 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14166 CheckForZeroSize = true; 14167 } else { 14168 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. 14169 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 14170 CheckForZeroSize = 14171 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && 14172 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && 14173 CXXRecord->isCLike(); 14174 } 14175 if (CheckForZeroSize) { 14176 bool ZeroSize = true; 14177 bool IsEmpty = true; 14178 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 14179 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 14180 E = Record->field_end(); 14181 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 14182 IsEmpty = false; 14183 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 14184 if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0) 14185 ZeroSize = false; 14186 } else { 14187 ++NonBitFields; 14188 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 14189 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 14190 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 14191 ZeroSize = false; 14192 } 14193 } 14194 14195 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are 14196 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside 14197 // extern "C" block. 14198 if (ZeroSize) { 14199 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? 14200 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : 14201 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) 14202 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 14203 } 14204 14205 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), 14206 // but are accepted by GCC. 14207 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14208 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : 14209 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) 14210 << Record->isUnion(); 14211 } 14212 } 14213 } else { 14214 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 14215 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 14216 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14217 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 14218 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 14219 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14220 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 14221 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 14222 } 14223 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 14224 // duplicates. 14225 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 14226 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 14227 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 14228 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14229 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 14230 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 14231 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 14232 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 14233 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 14234 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 14235 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 14236 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 14237 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 14238 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14239 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 14240 // reported as errors elsewhere. 14241 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 14242 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 14243 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 14244 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 14245 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 14246 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14247 if (IDecl) { 14248 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 14249 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 14250 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 14251 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 14252 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 14253 continue; 14254 } 14255 for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) { 14256 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 14257 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 14258 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 14259 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 14260 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 14261 continue; 14262 } 14263 } 14264 } 14265 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 14266 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 14267 } 14268 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 14269 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 14270 } 14271 } 14272 14273 if (Attr) 14274 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 14275 } 14276 14277 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 14278 /// the given type T. 14279 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 14280 llvm::APSInt &Value, 14281 QualType T) { 14282 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 14283 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 14284 14285 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 14286 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 14287 --BitWidth; 14288 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 14289 } 14290 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 14291 } 14292 14293 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 14294 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 14295 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 14296 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 14297 // enum checking below. 14298 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 14299 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 14300 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 14301 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 14302 }; 14303 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 14304 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 14305 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 14306 }; 14307 14308 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 14309 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 14310 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 14311 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 14312 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 14313 return Types[I]; 14314 14315 return QualType(); 14316 } 14317 14318 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 14319 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 14320 SourceLocation IdLoc, 14321 IdentifierInfo *Id, 14322 Expr *Val) { 14323 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 14324 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 14325 QualType EltTy; 14326 14327 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 14328 Val = nullptr; 14329 14330 if (Val) 14331 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get(); 14332 14333 if (Val) { 14334 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 14335 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 14336 else { 14337 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 14338 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 14339 !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 14340 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 14341 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 14342 // constant expression of the underlying type. 14343 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14344 ExprResult Converted = 14345 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 14346 CCEK_Enumerator); 14347 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 14348 Val = nullptr; 14349 else 14350 Val = Converted.get(); 14351 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 14352 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 14353 &EnumVal).get())) { 14354 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 14355 } else { 14356 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 14357 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14358 14359 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 14360 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 14361 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 14362 // expression checking. 14363 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 14364 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 14365 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 14366 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 14367 } else 14368 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 14369 } else 14370 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, 14371 EltTy->isBooleanType() ? 14372 CK_IntegralToBoolean : CK_IntegralCast) 14373 .get(); 14374 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14375 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 14376 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 14377 // is the type of its initializing value: 14378 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 14379 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 14380 EltTy = Val->getType(); 14381 } else { 14382 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 14383 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 14384 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 14385 // representable as an int. 14386 14387 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 14388 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 14389 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 14390 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 14391 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 14392 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 14393 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 14394 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 14395 } 14396 EltTy = Val->getType(); 14397 } 14398 } 14399 } 14400 } 14401 14402 if (!Val) { 14403 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 14404 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 14405 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 14406 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 14407 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 14408 // is the type of its initializing value: 14409 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 14410 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 14411 // 14412 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 14413 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 14414 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 14415 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14416 } 14417 else { 14418 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 14419 } 14420 } else { 14421 // Assign the last value + 1. 14422 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 14423 ++EnumVal; 14424 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 14425 14426 // Check for overflow on increment. 14427 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 14428 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 14429 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 14430 // is the type of its initializing value: 14431 // 14432 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 14433 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 14434 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 14435 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 14436 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 14437 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 14438 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 14439 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 14440 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 14441 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 14442 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 14443 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 14444 ++EnumVal; 14445 if (Enum->isFixed()) 14446 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 14447 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 14448 << EnumVal.toString(10) 14449 << EltTy; 14450 else 14451 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) 14452 << EnumVal.toString(10); 14453 } else { 14454 EltTy = T; 14455 } 14456 14457 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 14458 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 14459 // value, then increment. 14460 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 14461 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 14462 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 14463 ++EnumVal; 14464 14465 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 14466 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 14467 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 14468 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 14469 // integral type. 14470 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 14471 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 14472 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 14473 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 14474 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 14475 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 14476 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 14477 } 14478 } 14479 } 14480 14481 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 14482 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 14483 // enumerator's type. 14484 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 14485 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 14486 } 14487 14488 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 14489 Val, EnumVal); 14490 } 14491 14492 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II, 14493 SourceLocation IILoc) { 14494 if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) || 14495 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14496 return SkipBodyInfo(); 14497 14498 // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to 14499 // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and 14500 // skip the body. 14501 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 14502 ForRedeclaration); 14503 auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl); 14504 if (!PrevECD) 14505 return SkipBodyInfo(); 14506 14507 EnumDecl *PrevED = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext()); 14508 NamedDecl *Hidden; 14509 if (!PrevED->getDeclName() && !hasVisibleDefinition(PrevED, &Hidden)) { 14510 SkipBodyInfo Skip; 14511 Skip.Previous = Hidden; 14512 return Skip; 14513 } 14514 14515 return SkipBodyInfo(); 14516 } 14517 14518 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 14519 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 14520 AttributeList *Attr, 14521 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 14522 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 14523 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 14524 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 14525 14526 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 14527 // we find one that is. 14528 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 14529 14530 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 14531 // scope. 14532 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 14533 ForRedeclaration); 14534 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 14535 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 14536 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 14537 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 14538 PrevDecl = nullptr; 14539 } 14540 14541 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 14542 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 14543 // different from T: 14544 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 14545 // enumerated type 14546 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped()) 14547 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(), 14548 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc)); 14549 14550 EnumConstantDecl *New = 14551 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 14552 if (!New) 14553 return nullptr; 14554 14555 if (PrevDecl) { 14556 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 14557 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 14558 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 14559 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 14560 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S) && 14561 shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(PrevDecl, New)) { 14562 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 14563 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 14564 else 14565 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 14566 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 14567 return nullptr; 14568 } 14569 } 14570 14571 // Process attributes. 14572 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 14573 14574 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 14575 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 14576 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 14577 14578 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 14579 14580 return New; 14581 } 14582 14583 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 14584 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 14585 // Element2 = Element1 14586 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 14587 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 14588 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 14589 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 14590 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 14591 if (!InitExpr) 14592 return true; 14593 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 14594 14595 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 14596 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 14597 return true; 14598 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 14599 if (!IL) 14600 return true; 14601 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 14602 return true; 14603 14604 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 14605 } 14606 14607 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 14608 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 14609 if (!DRE) 14610 return true; 14611 14612 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 14613 if (!EnumConstant) 14614 return true; 14615 14616 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 14617 Enum) 14618 return true; 14619 14620 return false; 14621 } 14622 14623 namespace { 14624 struct DupKey { 14625 int64_t val; 14626 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 14627 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 14628 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 14629 }; 14630 14631 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 14632 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 14633 false); 14634 } 14635 14636 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 14637 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 14638 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 14639 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 14640 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 14641 } 14642 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 14643 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 14644 LHS.val == RHS.val; 14645 } 14646 }; 14647 } // end anonymous namespace 14648 14649 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 14650 // a previous element has already been set to. 14651 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 14652 EnumDecl *Enum, 14653 QualType EnumType) { 14654 if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation())) 14655 return; 14656 // Avoid anonymous enums 14657 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 14658 return; 14659 14660 // Only check for small enums. 14661 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 14662 return; 14663 14664 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 14665 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 14666 14667 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 14668 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 14669 ValueToVectorMap; 14670 14671 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 14672 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 14673 14674 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 14675 // an initialier. 14676 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14677 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14678 14679 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 14680 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 14681 if (!ECD) { 14682 return; 14683 } 14684 14685 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 14686 continue; 14687 14688 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 14689 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 14690 14691 // First time encountering this value. 14692 if (Entry.isNull()) 14693 Entry = ECD; 14694 } 14695 14696 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 14697 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14698 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14699 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 14700 continue; 14701 14702 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 14703 14704 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 14705 if (Entry.isNull()) 14706 continue; 14707 14708 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 14709 // Ensure constants are different. 14710 if (D == ECD) 14711 continue; 14712 14713 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 14714 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 14715 Vec->push_back(D); 14716 Vec->push_back(ECD); 14717 14718 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 14719 Entry = Vec; 14720 14721 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 14722 // diagnostics. 14723 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 14724 continue; 14725 } 14726 14727 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 14728 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 14729 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 14730 continue; 14731 14732 Vec->push_back(ECD); 14733 } 14734 14735 // Emit diagnostics. 14736 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 14737 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 14738 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 14739 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 14740 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 14741 14742 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 14743 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 14744 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 14745 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 14746 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 14747 ++I; 14748 14749 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 14750 // the same value. 14751 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 14752 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 14753 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 14754 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 14755 delete Vec; 14756 } 14757 } 14758 14759 bool Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, 14760 bool AllowMask) const { 14761 assert(ED->hasAttr<FlagEnumAttr>() && "looking for value in non-flag enum"); 14762 assert(ED->isCompleteDefinition() && "expected enum definition"); 14763 14764 auto R = FlagBitsCache.insert(std::make_pair(ED, llvm::APInt())); 14765 llvm::APInt &FlagBits = R.first->second; 14766 14767 if (R.second) { 14768 for (auto *E : ED->enumerators()) { 14769 const auto &EVal = E->getInitVal(); 14770 // Only single-bit enumerators introduce new flag values. 14771 if (EVal.isPowerOf2()) 14772 FlagBits = FlagBits.zextOrSelf(EVal.getBitWidth()) | EVal; 14773 } 14774 } 14775 14776 // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's 14777 // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is 14778 // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we 14779 // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value. 14780 // 14781 // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is 14782 // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is 14783 // likely a logic error. 14784 llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FlagBits.zextOrTrunc(Val.getBitWidth()); 14785 return !(FlagMask & Val) || (AllowMask && !(FlagMask & ~Val)); 14786 } 14787 14788 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 14789 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 14790 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 14791 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 14792 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 14793 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 14794 14795 if (Attr) 14796 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 14797 14798 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 14799 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14800 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 14801 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14802 if (!ECD) continue; 14803 14804 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14805 } 14806 14807 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 14808 return; 14809 } 14810 14811 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 14812 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 14813 // emit a warning. 14814 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 14815 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 14816 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 14817 14818 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 14819 // reverse the list. 14820 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 14821 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 14822 14823 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 14824 bool AllElementsInt = true; 14825 14826 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14827 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 14828 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14829 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14830 14831 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14832 14833 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 14834 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 14835 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 14836 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 14837 else 14838 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 14839 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 14840 14841 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 14842 if (AllElementsInt) 14843 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 14844 } 14845 14846 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 14847 QualType BestType; 14848 unsigned BestWidth; 14849 14850 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 14851 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 14852 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 14853 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 14854 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 14855 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 14856 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 14857 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 14858 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 14859 QualType BestPromotionType; 14860 14861 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 14862 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 14863 // enum definitions. 14864 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 14865 Packed = true; 14866 14867 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 14868 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14869 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 14870 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 14871 else 14872 BestPromotionType = BestType; 14873 14874 BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType); 14875 } 14876 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 14877 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 14878 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 14879 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 14880 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 14881 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 14882 BestWidth = CharWidth; 14883 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 14884 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 14885 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 14886 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 14887 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 14888 BestType = Context.IntTy; 14889 BestWidth = IntWidth; 14890 } else { 14891 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 14892 14893 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 14894 BestType = Context.LongTy; 14895 } else { 14896 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 14897 14898 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 14899 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); 14900 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 14901 } 14902 } 14903 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 14904 } else { 14905 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 14906 // all of the enumerator values. 14907 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 14908 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 14909 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 14910 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 14911 BestWidth = CharWidth; 14912 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 14913 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 14914 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 14915 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 14916 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 14917 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 14918 BestWidth = IntWidth; 14919 BestPromotionType 14920 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14921 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 14922 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 14923 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 14924 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 14925 BestPromotionType 14926 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14927 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 14928 } else { 14929 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 14930 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 14931 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 14932 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 14933 BestPromotionType 14934 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14935 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 14936 } 14937 } 14938 14939 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 14940 // the type of the enum if needed. 14941 for (auto *D : Elements) { 14942 auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 14943 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14944 14945 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 14946 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 14947 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 14948 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 14949 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 14950 14951 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 14952 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14953 14954 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 14955 // the enum decl type. 14956 QualType NewTy; 14957 unsigned NewWidth; 14958 bool NewSign; 14959 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 14960 !Enum->isFixed() && 14961 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 14962 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 14963 NewWidth = IntWidth; 14964 NewSign = true; 14965 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 14966 // Already the right type! 14967 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14968 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 14969 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 14970 // enumeration. 14971 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14972 continue; 14973 } else { 14974 NewTy = BestType; 14975 NewWidth = BestWidth; 14976 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 14977 } 14978 14979 // Adjust the APSInt value. 14980 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 14981 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 14982 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 14983 14984 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 14985 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 14986 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 14987 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 14988 CK_IntegralCast, 14989 ECD->getInitExpr(), 14990 /*base paths*/ nullptr, 14991 VK_RValue)); 14992 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14993 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 14994 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 14995 // enumeration. 14996 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14997 else 14998 ECD->setType(NewTy); 14999 } 15000 15001 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 15002 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 15003 15004 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 15005 15006 if (Enum->hasAttr<FlagEnumAttr>()) { 15007 for (Decl *D : Elements) { 15008 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 15009 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 15010 15011 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 15012 if (InitVal != 0 && !InitVal.isPowerOf2() && 15013 !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true)) 15014 Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range) 15015 << ECD << Enum; 15016 } 15017 } 15018 15019 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 15020 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 15021 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 15022 } 15023 15024 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 15025 SourceLocation StartLoc, 15026 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 15027 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 15028 15029 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 15030 AsmString, StartLoc, 15031 EndLoc); 15032 CurContext->addDecl(New); 15033 return New; 15034 } 15035 15036 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M, 15037 SourceLocation ImportLoc, DeclContext *DC, 15038 bool FromInclude = false) { 15039 SourceLocation ExternCLoc; 15040 15041 if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) { 15042 switch (LSD->getLanguage()) { 15043 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c: 15044 if (ExternCLoc.isInvalid()) 15045 ExternCLoc = LSD->getLocStart(); 15046 break; 15047 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx: 15048 break; 15049 } 15050 DC = LSD->getParent(); 15051 } 15052 15053 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 15054 DC = DC->getParent(); 15055 15056 if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 15057 S.Diag(ImportLoc, (FromInclude && S.isModuleVisible(M)) 15058 ? diag::ext_module_import_not_at_top_level_noop 15059 : diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level_fatal) 15060 << M->getFullModuleName() << DC; 15061 S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(), 15062 diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) << DC; 15063 } else if (!M->IsExternC && ExternCLoc.isValid()) { 15064 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::ext_module_import_in_extern_c) 15065 << M->getFullModuleName(); 15066 S.Diag(ExternCLoc, diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c); 15067 } 15068 } 15069 15070 void Sema::diagnoseMisplacedModuleImport(Module *M, SourceLocation ImportLoc) { 15071 return checkModuleImportContext(*this, M, ImportLoc, CurContext); 15072 } 15073 15074 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 15075 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 15076 ModuleIdPath Path) { 15077 Module *Mod = 15078 getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, 15079 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 15080 if (!Mod) 15081 return true; 15082 15083 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ImportLoc); 15084 15085 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext); 15086 15087 // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule 15088 // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than 15089 // silently ignoring the import. 15090 if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule) 15091 Diag(ImportLoc, getLangOpts().CompilingModule 15092 ? diag::err_module_self_import 15093 : diag::err_module_import_in_implementation) 15094 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 15095 15096 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 15097 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 15098 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 15099 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 15100 // We need the length to be consistent. 15101 if (!ModCheck) 15102 break; 15103 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 15104 15105 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 15106 } 15107 15108 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 15109 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 15110 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 15111 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 15112 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 15113 return Import; 15114 } 15115 15116 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 15117 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext, true); 15118 15119 // Determine whether we're in the #include buffer for a module. The #includes 15120 // in that buffer do not qualify as module imports; they're just an 15121 // implementation detail of us building the module. 15122 // 15123 // FIXME: Should we even get ActOnModuleInclude calls for those? 15124 bool IsInModuleIncludes = 15125 TUKind == TU_Module && 15126 getSourceManager().isWrittenInMainFile(DirectiveLoc); 15127 15128 // Similarly, if we're in the implementation of a module, don't 15129 // synthesize an illegal module import. FIXME: Why not? 15130 bool ShouldAddImport = 15131 !IsInModuleIncludes && 15132 (getLangOpts().CompilingModule || 15133 getLangOpts().CurrentModule.empty() || 15134 getLangOpts().CurrentModule != Mod->getTopLevelModuleName()); 15135 15136 // If this module import was due to an inclusion directive, create an 15137 // implicit import declaration to capture it in the AST. 15138 if (ShouldAddImport) { 15139 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 15140 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 15141 DirectiveLoc, Mod, 15142 DirectiveLoc); 15143 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 15144 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 15145 } 15146 15147 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc); 15148 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 15149 } 15150 15151 void Sema::ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 15152 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 15153 15154 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 15155 VisibleModulesStack.push_back(std::move(VisibleModules)); 15156 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 15157 } 15158 15159 void Sema::ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 15160 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 15161 15162 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) { 15163 VisibleModules = std::move(VisibleModulesStack.back()); 15164 VisibleModulesStack.pop_back(); 15165 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 15166 // Leaving a module hides namespace names, so our visible namespace cache 15167 // is now out of date. 15168 VisibleNamespaceCache.clear(); 15169 } 15170 } 15171 15172 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, 15173 Module *Mod) { 15174 // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here. 15175 if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery) 15176 return; 15177 15178 // Create the implicit import declaration. 15179 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 15180 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 15181 Loc, Mod, Loc); 15182 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 15183 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 15184 15185 // Make the module visible. 15186 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc); 15187 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, Loc); 15188 } 15189 15190 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 15191 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 15192 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 15193 SourceLocation NameLoc, 15194 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 15195 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 15196 LookupOrdinaryName); 15197 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 15198 AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, AliasName->getName(), AliasNameLoc); 15199 15200 // If a declaration that: 15201 // 1) declares a function or a variable 15202 // 2) has external linkage 15203 // already exists, add a label attribute to it. 15204 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 15205 if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl)) 15206 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 15207 else 15208 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 15209 << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl; 15210 // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers. 15211 } else 15212 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr)); 15213 } 15214 15215 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 15216 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 15217 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 15218 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 15219 15220 if (PrevDecl) { 15221 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc)); 15222 } else { 15223 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 15224 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 15225 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc))); 15226 } 15227 } 15228 15229 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 15230 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 15231 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 15232 SourceLocation NameLoc, 15233 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 15234 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 15235 LookupOrdinaryName); 15236 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 15237 15238 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 15239 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 15240 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 15241 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 15242 } else { 15243 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 15244 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 15245 } 15246 } 15247 15248 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 15249 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 15250 } 15251 15252 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 15253 const Decl *D = cast_or_null<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 15254 if (!D) 15255 return AR_Available; 15256 15257 // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult 15258 // both the availability of the method as well as the 15259 // enclosing class. If the class is (say) deprecated, 15260 // the entire method is considered deprecated from the 15261 // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated. 15262 if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { 15263 AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability(); 15264 if (R != AR_Available) 15265 return R; 15266 D = MD->getClassInterface(); 15267 } 15268 // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it 15269 // gets the same availability context as the @interface. 15270 else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID = 15271 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) { 15272 D = ID->getClassInterface(); 15273 } 15274 // Recover from user error. 15275 return D ? D->getAvailability() : AR_Available; 15276 } 15277